1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1679 2004/07/30 18:03:07 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 10 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 11 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 12 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 13 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 14 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 15 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 16 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 17 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 18 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 19 by David Russell. 20 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 21 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 22 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 23 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 24 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 25 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 26 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 27 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 28 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 29 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 30 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 31 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 32 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 33 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 34 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 35 Bielefeld. 36 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 37 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 38 Portability: 39 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 40 noted by Geoff Adams. 41 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 42 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 43 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 44 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 45 incompatibilities with various *roff related 46 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 47 New Files: 48 doc/op/README 49 508.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 51 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 52 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 53 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 54 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 55 University. 56 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 57 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 58 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 59 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 60 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 61 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 62 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 63 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 64 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 65 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 66 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 67 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 68 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 69 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 70 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 71 of cf/README for more information. 72 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 73 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 74 the LDAP library. 75 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 76 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 77 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 78 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 79 library supports it. 80 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 81 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 82 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 83 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 84 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 85 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 86 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 87 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 88 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 89 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 90 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 91 determines the length of the interval for which the 92 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 93 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 94 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 95 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 96 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 97 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 98 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 99 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 100 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 101 during that connection. 102 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 103 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 104 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 105 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 106 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 107 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 108 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 109 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 110 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 111 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 112 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 113 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 114 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 115 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 116 sendmail. 117 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 118 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 119 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 120 Mines de Paris. 121 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 122 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 123 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 124 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 125 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 126 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 127 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 128 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 129 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 130 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 131 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 132 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 133 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 134 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 135 by Sander Eerkes. 136 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 137 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 138 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 139 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 140 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 141 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 142 operates on lost queue items. 143 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 144 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 145 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 146 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 147 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 148 quarantine reason. 149 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 150 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 151 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 152 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 153 "QUARANTINE:". 154 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 155 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 156 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 157 be used for the quarantine reason. 158 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 159 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 160 message if it is quarantined. 161 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 162 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 163 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 164 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 165 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 166 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 167 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 168 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 169 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 170 recipients received so far in a transaction. 171 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 172 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 173 noted by Kai Schlichting. 174 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 175 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 176 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 177 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 178 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 179 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 180 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 181 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 182 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 183 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 184 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 185 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 186 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 187 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 188 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 189 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 190 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 191 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 192 of the University of Manitoba. 193 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 194 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 195 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 196 is active. 197 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 198 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 199 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 200 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 201 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 202 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 203 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 204 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 205 overwrite each other's pid files. 206 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 207 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 208 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 209 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 210 LogLevel 12 or higher. 211 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 212 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 213 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 214 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 215 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 216 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 217 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 218 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 219 of Sun Microsystems. 220 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 221 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 222 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 223 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 224 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 225 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 226 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 227 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 228 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 229 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 230 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 231 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 232 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 233 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 234 further information. 235 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 236 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 237 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 238 queue return and warning times for delivery status 239 notifications. 240 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 241 at all. 242 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 243 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 244 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 245 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 246 for DaemonPortOptions. 247 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 248 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 249 of Northern Illinois University. 250 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 251 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 252 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 253 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 254 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 255 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 256 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 257 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 258 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 259 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 260 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 261 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 262 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 263 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 264 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 265 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 266 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 267 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 268 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 269 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 270 HOSTALIASES. 271 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 272 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 273 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 274 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 275 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 276 Oleg Bulyzhin. 277 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 278 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 279 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 280 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 281 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 282 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 283 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 284 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 285 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 286 Portability: 287 Two new compile options have been added: 288 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 289 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 290 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 291 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 292 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 293 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 294 programs to match locking techniques. 295 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 296 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 297 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 298 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 299 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 300 Center for Scientific Computing. 301 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 302 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 303 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 304 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 305 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 306 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 307 from Mark Funkenhauser. 308 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 309 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 310 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 311 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 312 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 313 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 314 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 315 of Northern Illinois University. 316 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 317 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 318 the message using the given reason. 319 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 320 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 321 DNS records than just A. 322 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 323 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 324 connections is maintained. 325 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 326 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 327 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 328 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 329 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 330 slamming protection described above. The feature can 331 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 332 use the access database to look the pause time based on 333 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 334 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 335 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 336 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 337 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 338 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 339 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 340 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 341 interval when refusing connections for this long. 342 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 343 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 344 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 345 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 346 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 347 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 348 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 349 to follow the naming conventions. 350 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 351 the A= argument. 352 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 353 local_lmtp. 354 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 355 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 356 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 357 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 358 its rules. 359 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 360 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 361 status notifications. 362 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 363 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 364 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 365 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 366 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 367 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 368 doc/op/op.me. 369 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 370 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 371 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 372 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 373 certificate revocations lists. 374 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 375 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 376 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 377 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 378 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 379 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 380 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 381 for more information. 382 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 383 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 384 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 385 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 386 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 387 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 388 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 389 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 390 of LifeLine Networks. 391 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 392 Derek J. Balling. 393 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 394 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 395 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 396 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 397 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 398 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 399 Filters which use this function must include the 400 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 401 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 402 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 403 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 404 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 405 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 406 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 407 resetting the timeout. 408 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 409 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 410 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 411 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 412 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 413 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 414 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 415 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 416 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 417 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 418 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 419 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 420 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 421 from Bryan Costales. 422 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 423 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 424 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 425 amendments to support header insertion operations. 426 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 427 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 428 Informations Services. 429 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 430 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 431 instead of '#'. 432 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 433 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 434 headers. 435 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 436 for the auto-response message. 437 New Files: 438 CACerts 439 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 440 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 441 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 442 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 443 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 444 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 445 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 446 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 447 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 448 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 449 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 450 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 451 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 452 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 453 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 454 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 455 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 456 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 457 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 458 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 459 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 460 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 461 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 462 sendmail/ratectrl.c 463 Deleted Files: 464 cf/feature/nodns.m4 465 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 466 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 467 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 468 libsm/vsprintf.c 469 Renamed Files: 470 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 471 4728.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 473 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 474 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 475 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 476 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 477 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 478 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 479 Techfirm, Inc. 480 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 481 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 482 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 483 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 484 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 485 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 486 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 487 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 488 recipient address also against the printable addresses 489 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 490 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 491 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 492 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 493 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 494 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 495 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 496 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 497 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 498 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 499 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 500 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 501 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 502 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 503 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 504 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 505 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 506 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 507 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 508 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 509 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 510 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 511 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 512 external application that accesses qf files. 513 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 514 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 515 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 516 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 517 Breyha. 518 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 519 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 520 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 521 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 522 environment. 523 Portability: 524 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 525 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 526 Sun Microsystems. 527 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 528 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 529 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 530 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 531 New Files: 532 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 533 5348.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 535 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 536 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 537 of Courtesan Consulting. 538 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 539 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 540 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 541 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 542 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 543 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 544 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 545 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 546 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 547 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 548 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 549 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 550 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 551 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 552 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 553 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 554 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 555 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 556 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 557 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 558 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 559 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 560 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 561 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 562 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 563 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 564 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 565 to make sure they match. 566 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 567 in the kernel. 568 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 569 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 570 Bart Duchesne. 571 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 572 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 573 Craig Hunt. 574 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 575 from Jerome Borsboom. 576 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 577 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 578 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 579 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 580 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 581 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 582 after the close() and before the truncate(). 583 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 584 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 585 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 586 Portability: 587 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 588 of Washington for providing access to a computer 589 with AIX 5.2. 590 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 591 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 592 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 593 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 594 of Harker Systems. 595 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 596 your Linux distribution, compile with 597 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 598 Added Files: 599 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 600 6018.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 602 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 603 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 604 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 605 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 606 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 607 includes DNS. 608 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 609 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 610 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 611 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 612 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 613 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 614 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 615 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 616 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 617 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 618 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 619 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 620 by Derek Wueppelmann. 621 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 622 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 623 College London. 624 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 625 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 626 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 627 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 628 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 629 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 630 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 631 text file instead of the database map. 632 Portability: 633 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 634 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 635 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 636 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 637 6388.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 639 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 640 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 641 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 642 of ISS X-Force. 643 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 644 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 645 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 646 Stanford University Compilation Group. 647 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 648 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 649 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 650 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 651 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 652 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 653 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 654 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 655 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 656 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 657 6588.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 659 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 660 across various connections. This could cause session 661 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 662 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 663 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 664 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 665 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 666 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 667 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 668 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 669 Erik Parker. 670 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 671 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 672 is used. 673 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 674 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 675 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 676 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 677 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 678 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 679 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 680 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 681 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 682 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 683 of 11 or higher. 684 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 685 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 686 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 687 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 688 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 689 to be run even if Runners=0. 690 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 691 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 692 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 693 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 694 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 695 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 696 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 697 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 698 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 699 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 700 by John Majikes of IBM. 701 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 702 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 703 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 704 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 705 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 706 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 707 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 708 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 709 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 710 noted by Matthias Andree. 711 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 712 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 713 Portability: 714 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 715 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 716 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 717 an argument, hence the builtin version of 718 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 719 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 720 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 721 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 722 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 723 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 724 of the TrustedBSD Project. 725 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 726 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 727 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 728 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 729 Corporation. 730 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 731 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 732 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 733 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 734 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 735 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 736 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 737 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 738 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 739 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 740 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 741 in the file itself. 742 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 743 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 744 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 745 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 746 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 747 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 748 relay. 749 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 750 in access_db. 751 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 752 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 753 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 754 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 755 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 756 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 757 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 758 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 759 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 760 Sun Microsystems. 761 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 762 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 763 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 764 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 765 iDEFENSE, Inc. 766 New Files: 767 devtools/OS/Interix 768 include/sm/bdb.h 769 7708.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 771 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 772 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 773 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 774 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 775 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 776 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 777 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 778 Courtesan Consulting. 779 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 780 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 781 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 782 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 783 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 784 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 785 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 786 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 787 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 788 Earickson of Colby College. 789 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 790 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 791 Courtesan Consulting. 792 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 793 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 794 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 795 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 796 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 797 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 798 execve(). 799 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 800 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 801 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 802 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 803 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 804 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 805 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 806 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 807 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 808 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 809 supposed for addresses on the header content. 810 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 811 Portability: 812 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 813 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 814 fix from Scott Walters. 815 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 816 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 817 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 818 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 819 NETISO support has been dropped. 820 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 821 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 822 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 823 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 824 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 825 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 826 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 827 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 828 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 829 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 830 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 831 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 832 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 833 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 834 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 835 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 836 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 837 University. 838 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 839 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 840 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 841 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 842 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 843 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 844 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 845 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 846 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 847 New Files: 848 contrib/etrn.0 849 8508.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 851 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 852 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 853 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 854 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 855 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 856 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 857 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 858 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 859 with rogue DNS servers. 860 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 861 by Bryan Costales. 862 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 863 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 864 Costales. 865 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 866 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 867 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 868 Polytechnic Institute. 869 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 870 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 871 Portability: 872 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 873 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 874 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 875 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 876 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 877 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 878 8.13 will change the default locking method to 879 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 880 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 881 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 882 related programs to match locking techniques. 883 8848.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 885 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 886 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 887 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 888 section of the top level README for more information. 889 Problem noted by lumpy. 890 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 891 instead of 0644. 892 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 893 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 894 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 895 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 896 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 897 Purdue University. 898 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 899 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 900 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 901 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 902 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 903 of Active State. 904 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 905 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 906 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 907 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 908 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 909 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 910 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 911 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 912 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 913 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 914 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 915 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 916 or the queue. 917 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 918 user who started sendmail. 919 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 920 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 921 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 922 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 923 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 924 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 925 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 926 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 927 Portability: 928 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 929 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 930 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 931 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 932 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 933 Charles University in Prague. 934 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 935 memory. 936 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 937 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 938 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 939 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 940 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 941 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 942 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 943 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 944 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 945 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 946 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 947 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 948 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 949 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 950 noted by Bryan Costales. 951 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 952 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 953 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 954 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 955 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 956 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 957 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 958 match dnsbl change. 959 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 960 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 961 installing the sendmail statistics file. 962 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 963 a user's filter starts other applications. 964 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 965 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 966 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 967 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 968 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 969 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 970 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 971 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 972 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 973 noted by Bryan Costales. 974 New Files: 975 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 976 9778.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 978 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 979 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 980 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 981 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 982 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 983 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 984 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 985 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 986 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 987 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 988 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 989 University. 990 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 991 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 992 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 993 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 994 of INTERMETA. 995 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 996 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 997 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 998 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 999 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1000 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1001 ActiveState. 1002 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1003 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1004 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1005 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1006 Northern Illinois University. 1007 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1008 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1009 of Dinoex. 1010 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1011 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1012 Polytechnic Institute. 1013 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1014 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1015 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1016 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1017 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1018 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1019 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1020 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1021 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1022 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1023 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1024 missing arguments. 1025 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1026 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1027 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1028 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1029 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1030 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1031 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1032 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1033 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1034 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1035 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1036 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1037 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1038 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1039 of Concordia University. 1040 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1041 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1042 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1043 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1044 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1045 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1046 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1047 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1048 Elvers. 1049 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1050 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1051 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1052 total number of TCP connections. 1053 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1054 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1055 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1056 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1057 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1058 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1059 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1060 Texas. 1061 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1062 to 451. 1063 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1064 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1065 patch by Bryan Costales. 1066 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1067 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1068 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1069 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1070 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1071 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1072 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1073 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1074 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1075 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1076 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1077 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1078 command). 1079 Portability: 1080 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1081 available. 1082 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1083 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1084 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1085 Skyrr. 1086 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1087 noted by John Beck. 1088 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1089 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1090 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1091 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1092 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1093 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1094 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1095 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1096 error. 1097 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1098 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1099 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1100 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1101 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1102 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1103 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1104 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1105 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1106 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1107 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1108 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1109 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1110 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1111 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1112 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1113 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1114 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1115 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1116 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1117 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1118 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1119 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1120 noted by John Beck. 1121 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1122 if queue groups are used. 1123 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1124 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1125 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1126 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1127 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1128 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1129 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1130 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1131 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1132 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1133 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1134 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1135 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1136 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1137 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1138 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1139 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1140 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1141 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1142 ldap_memfree(). 1143 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1144 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1145 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1146 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1147 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1148 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1149 San Francisco. 1150 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1151 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1152 Joe Barbish. 1153 New Files: 1154 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1155 11568.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1157 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1158 at startup, only log an error message. 1159 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1160 following -b) has been specified. 1161 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1162 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1163 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1164 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1165 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1166 Regensburg. 1167 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1168 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1169 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1170 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1171 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1172 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1173 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1174 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1175 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1176 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1177 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1178 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1179 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1180 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1181 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1182 SMTP connections. 1183 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1184 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1185 and Technology. 1186 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1187 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1188 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1189 Meteorological Institute. 1190 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1191 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1192 Online. 1193 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1194 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1195 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1196 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1197 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1198 types, respectively. 1199 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1200 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1201 of Virginia Tech. 1202 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1203 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1204 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1205 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1206 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1207 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1208 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1209 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1210 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1211 of Vienna. 1212 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1213 of Sun Microsystems. 1214 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1215 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1216 with servers that do not support realms when using 1217 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1218 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1219 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1220 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1221 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1222 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1223 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1224 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1225 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1226 instead of forcing localhost. 1227 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1228 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1229 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1230 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1231 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1232 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1233 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1234 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1235 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1236 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1237 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1238 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1239 Compaq Computer Corp. 1240 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1241 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1242 Tech. 1243 Portability: 1244 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1245 patch provided by HP. 1246 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1247 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 1248 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 1249 Sachin of Siemens. 1250 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 1251 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 1252 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 1253 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 1254 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 1255 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 1256 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 1257 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 1258 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1259 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 1260 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 1261 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 1262 Hewlett-Packard. 1263 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 1264 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 1265 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1266 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 1267 Virginia Tech. 1268 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 1269 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 1270 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 1271 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1272 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 1273 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 1274 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 1275 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 1276 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1277 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 1278 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 1279 Florida. 1280 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 1281 Altin Waldmann. 1282 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 1283 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 1284 Hewlett-Packard. 1285 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 1286 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 1287 of MSFU. 1288 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 1289 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1290 Institute. 1291 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 1292 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 1293 to free memory twice. 1294 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 1295 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 1296 of Sun Microsystems. 1297 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 1298 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 1299 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 1300 University of Athens. 1301 New Files: 1302 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 1303 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 1304 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 1305 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 1306 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 1307 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 1308 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 1309 libsm/mpeix.c 1310 13118.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 1312 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 1313 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 1314 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 1315 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 1316 found by Michal Zalewski. 1317 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 1318 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 1319 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 1320 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 1321 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 1322 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1323 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 1324 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 1325 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 1326 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 1327 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 1328 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 1329 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 1330 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 1331 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 1332 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 1333 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 1334 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 1335 canonical name for a host. 1336 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 1337 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 1338 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 1339 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 1340 Portability: 1341 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 1342 `uname` does not given complete information. 1343 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 1344 Aircraft Company. 1345 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 1346 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 1347 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 1348 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1349 Courtesan Consulting. 1350 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 1351 problems with potential misconfigurations. 1352 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 1353 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 1354 Technology Organisation of Australia. 1355 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 1356 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 1357 then use it. 1358 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 1359 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 1360 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 1361 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1362 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 1363 and vacation. 1364 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 1365 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 1366 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 1367 New Files: 1368 test/Build 1369 test/Makefile 1370 test/Makefile.m4 1371 test/README 1372 test/t_dropgid.c 1373 test/t_setgid.c 1374 Deleted Files: 1375 include/sm/stdio.h 1376 include/sm/sysstat.h 1377 13788.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 1379 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 1380 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 1381 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 1382 default). The installation process tries to install 1383 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 1384 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 1385 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 1386 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 1387 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 1388 flags: 1389 GroupWritableForwardFile 1390 WorldWritableForwardFile 1391 GroupWritableIncludeFile 1392 WorldWritableIncludeFile 1393 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 1394 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 1395 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1396 (IdS). 1397 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 1398 point where the variable could become overused for more than 1399 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 1400 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 1401 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 1402 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 1403 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 1404 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 1405 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 1406 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 1407 see sendmail/SECURITY. 1408 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 1409 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1410 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 1411 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 1412 sendmail/SECURITY. 1413 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 1414 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 1415 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 1416 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 1417 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 1418 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 1419 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 1420 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 1421 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 1422 command has been removed. 1423 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 1424 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 1425 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 1426 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 1427 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 1428 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 1429 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 1430 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 1431 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 1432 supported. 1433 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 1434 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 1435 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 1436 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 1437 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 1438 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 1439 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 1440 creation rather than just before delivery. 1441 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 1442 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 1443 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 1444 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 1445 preference matches (coattail). 1446 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 1447 try other MX hosts if available. 1448 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 1449 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 1450 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 1451 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 1452 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 1453 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 1454 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 1455 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 1456 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 1457 removed in future versions. 1458 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 1459 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 1460 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 1461 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 1462 doc/op/op.me for details. 1463 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 1464 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 1465 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 1466 of the presented certificate, respectively. 1467 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 1468 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 1469 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1470 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 1471 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 1472 enough on a per recipient basis. 1473 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 1474 for STARTTLS. 1475 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 1476 value "NOT". 1477 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 1478 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 1479 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 1480 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1481 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 1482 really required. This change results in a noticable 1483 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 1484 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 1485 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 1486 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1487 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 1488 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 1489 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 1490 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 1491 command line, then the value also limits the number of 1492 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 1493 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 1494 by a queue run. 1495 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 1496 system each queue directory resides in. 1497 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 1498 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 1499 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 1500 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 1501 collected together) to process the same work list at the 1502 same time. 1503 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 1504 active queue runner processes. 1505 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 1506 runners per queue group. 1507 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 1508 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 1509 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 1510 of the queue that match during processing. 1511 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 1512 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 1513 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 1514 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 1515 persistent queue runner. 1516 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 1517 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 1518 sendmail -q15m). 1519 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 1520 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1521 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 1522 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 1523 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 1524 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 1525 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 1526 of the qf file (older entries first). 1527 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 1528 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 1529 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 1530 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 1531 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 1532 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 1533 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 1534 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 1535 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 1536 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 1537 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 1538 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 1539 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 1540 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1541 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 1542 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 1543 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 1544 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 1545 details. 1546 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 1547 the number of entries in the queue(s). 1548 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 1549 and the usual documentation for details. 1550 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 1551 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 1552 announced in 8.10. 1553 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 1554 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 1555 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 1556 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1557 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 1558 -r (number of retries). 1559 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 1560 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 1561 and value separated by the given separator. 1562 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 1563 to map class arith. 1564 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 1565 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 1566 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 1567 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 1568 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 1569 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 1570 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 1571 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 1572 filenames with spaces). 1573 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 1574 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 1575 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 1576 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 1577 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 1578 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 1579 to the loopback net. 1580 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 1581 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 1582 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1583 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 1584 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 1585 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 1586 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 1587 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 1588 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 1589 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 1590 Development Group. 1591 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 1592 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 1593 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 1594 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 1595 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 1596 load average is exceeded. 1597 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 1598 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 1599 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 1600 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 1601 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1602 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 1603 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 1604 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 1605 instead. 1606 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 1607 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 1608 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 1609 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 1610 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1611 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 1612 for direct (command line) submissions. 1613 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 1614 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 1615 Hagino of the KAME Project. 1616 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 1617 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 1618 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 1619 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 1620 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 1621 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 1622 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 1623 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 1624 before logging. 1625 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 1626 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 1627 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 1628 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1629 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1630 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1631 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1632 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1633 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1634 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1635 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1636 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1637 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1638 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1639 See libsm/index.html for details. 1640 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1641 care of by fork() and exit(). 1642 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1643 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1644 new and old (from new libsm). 1645 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1646 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1647 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1648 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1649 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1650 synchronizations calls. 1651 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1652 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1653 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1654 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1655 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1656 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1657 for details. 1658 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1659 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1660 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1661 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1662 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1663 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1664 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1665 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1666 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1667 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1668 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1669 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1670 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1671 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1672 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1673 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1674 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1675 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1676 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1677 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1678 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1679 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1680 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1681 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1682 Urbana-Champaign. 1683 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1684 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1685 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1686 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1687 connections. 1688 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1689 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1690 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1691 cf/README. 1692 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1693 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1694 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1695 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1696 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1697 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1698 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1699 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1700 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1701 example). 1702 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1703 the default schema used in the above two items. 1704 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1705 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1706 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1707 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1708 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1709 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1710 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1711 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1712 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1713 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1714 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1715 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1716 HELO/EHLO commands. 1717 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1718 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1719 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1720 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1721 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1722 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1723 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1724 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1725 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1726 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1727 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1728 (verbose) command line option. 1729 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1730 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1731 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1732 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1733 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1734 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1735 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1736 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1737 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1738 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1739 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1740 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1741 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1742 British Columbia. 1743 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1744 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1745 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1746 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1747 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1748 if required. 1749 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1750 class instead. 1751 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1752 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1753 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1754 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1755 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1756 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1757 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1758 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1759 Nelson of IBM. 1760 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1761 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1762 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1763 their defaults are: 1764 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1765 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1766 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1767 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1768 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1769 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1770 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1771 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1772 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1773 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1774 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1775 Meteorological Institute. 1776 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1777 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1778 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1779 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1780 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1781 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1782 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1783 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1784 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1785 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1786 See sendmail/README for further information. 1787 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1788 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1789 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1790 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1791 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1792 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1793 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1794 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1795 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1796 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1797 flora.ca. 1798 Portability: 1799 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1800 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1801 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1802 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1803 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1804 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1805 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1806 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1807 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1808 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1809 Solaris 8 and later. 1810 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1811 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1812 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1813 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1814 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1815 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1816 temporary lookup failures. 1817 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1818 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1819 or IP nets. 1820 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1821 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1822 to get through. 1823 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1824 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1825 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1826 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1827 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1828 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1829 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1830 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1831 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1832 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1833 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1834 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1835 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1836 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1837 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1838 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1839 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1840 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1841 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1842 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1843 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1844 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1845 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1846 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1847 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1848 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1849 cf/README for details. 1850 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1851 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1852 University of Maryland. 1853 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1854 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1855 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1856 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1857 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1858 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1859 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1860 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1861 Solving. 1862 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1863 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1864 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1865 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1866 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1867 immediately. 1868 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1869 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1870 See cf/README for details. 1871 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1872 temporary lookup failures. 1873 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1874 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1875 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1876 memory use. 1877 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1878 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1879 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1880 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 1881 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 1882 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 1883 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1884 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 1885 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1886 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 1887 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 1888 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 1889 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 1890 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 1891 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 1892 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 1893 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 1894 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 1895 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 1896 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 1897 additional details. 1898 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1899 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 1900 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 1901 information. 1902 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 1903 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 1904 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 1905 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 1906 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 1907 recipients as user unknown. 1908 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 1909 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 1910 section of cf/README for more information. 1911 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 1912 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 1913 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 1914 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 1915 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1916 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1917 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 1918 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 1919 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 1920 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 1921 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 1922 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 1923 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 1924 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 1925 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 1926 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 1927 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 1928 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 1929 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 1930 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 1931 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 1932 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 1933 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 1934 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 1935 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 1936 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 1937 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 1938 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 1939 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 1940 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 1941 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 1942 doc/op/op.me for details. 1943 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 1944 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 1945 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1946 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 1947 dequote map. 1948 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 1949 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 1950 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 1951 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 1952 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 1953 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 1954 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 1955 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 1956 This affects the access database as well as the 1957 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 1958 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 1959 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 1960 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 1961 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 1962 Mississippi State University. 1963 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 1964 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 1965 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 1966 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 1967 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1968 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 1969 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 1970 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 1971 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 1972 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 1973 systems which don't include cat directories. 1974 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 1975 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1976 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 1977 mailbox database type. 1978 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 1979 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 1980 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 1981 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 1982 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 1983 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 1984 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 1985 instead of white space. 1986 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 1987 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1988 Meteorological Institute. 1989 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 1990 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 1991 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1992 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 1993 instead of syslog. 1994 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 1995 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 1996 to specify the database and message file since there is no 1997 home directory for the default settings for these options. 1998 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 1999 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2000 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2001 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2002 New Directories: 2003 libmilter/docs 2004 New Files: 2005 cf/cf/README 2006 cf/cf/submit.cf 2007 cf/cf/submit.mc 2008 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2009 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2010 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2011 cf/feature/msp.m4 2012 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2013 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2014 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2015 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2016 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2017 cf/sendmail.schema 2018 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2019 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2020 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2021 editmap/* 2022 include/sm/* 2023 libsm/* 2024 libsmutil/cf.c 2025 libsmutil/err.c 2026 sendmail/SECURITY 2027 sendmail/TUNING 2028 sendmail/bf.c 2029 sendmail/bf.h 2030 sendmail/sasl.c 2031 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2032 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2033 sendmail/tls.c 2034 Deleted Files: 2035 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2036 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2037 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2038 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2039 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2040 include/sendmail/useful.h 2041 libsmutil/errstring.c 2042 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2043 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2044 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2045 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2046 sendmail/clock.c 2047 Renamed Files: 2048 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2049 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2050 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2051 20528.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2053 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2054 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2055 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2056 of ISS X-Force. 2057 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2058 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2059 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2060 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2061 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2062 includes DNS. 2063 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2064 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2065 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2066 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2067 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2068 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2069 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2070 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2071 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2072 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2073 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2074 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2075 across various connections. This could cause session 2076 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2077 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2078 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2079 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2080 canonical name for a host. 2081 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2082 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2083 or the queue. 2084 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2085 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2086 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2087 Polytechnic Institute. 2088 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2089 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2090 Purdue University. 2091 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2092 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2093 Texas. 2094 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2095 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2096 error. 2097 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2098 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2099 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2100 and vacation. 2101 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2102 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2103 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2104 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2105 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2106 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2107 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2108 Sun Microsystems. 2109 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2110 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2111 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2112 21138.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2114 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2115 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2116 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2117 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2118 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2119 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2120 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2121 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2122 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2123 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2124 Werner Wiethege. 2125 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2126 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2127 21288.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2129 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2130 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2131 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2132 of SE Netway Communications. 2133 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2134 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2135 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2136 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2137 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2138 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2139 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2140 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2141 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2142 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2143 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2144 University College. 2145 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2146 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2147 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2148 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2149 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2150 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2151 University at Albany. 2152 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2153 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2154 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2155 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2156 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2157 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2158 Portability: 2159 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2160 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2161 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2162 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2163 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2164 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2165 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2166 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2167 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2168 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2169 21708.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2171 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2172 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2173 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2174 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2175 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2176 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2177 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2178 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2179 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2180 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2181 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2182 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2183 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2184 from Kenji Miyake. 2185 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2186 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2187 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2188 the same map again while exiting. 2189 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2190 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2191 of Tuebingen. 2192 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2193 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2194 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2195 Oklahoma State University. 2196 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2197 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2198 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2199 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2200 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2201 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2202 Morgan Stanley. 2203 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2204 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2205 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2206 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2207 from Werner Wiethege. 2208 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2209 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2210 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2211 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2212 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2213 Internet Services. 2214 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2215 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2216 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2217 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2218 Portability: 2219 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2220 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2221 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2222 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2223 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2224 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2225 Meteorological Institute. 2226 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2227 since it generates random process ids. 2228 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2229 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2230 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2231 New Files: 2232 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2233 22348.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2235 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2236 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2237 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2238 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2239 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2240 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2241 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2242 communications consulting gmbh. 2243 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2244 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2245 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2246 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2247 connection came in from the command line. 2248 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 2249 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 2250 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2251 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 2252 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 2253 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 2254 when they were committed. 2255 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 2256 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 2257 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 2258 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 2259 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 2260 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 2261 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 2262 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2263 University. 2264 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 2265 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 2266 accept() completes. 2267 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 2268 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 2269 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 2270 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 2271 Wellcome. 2272 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 2273 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 2274 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2275 University. 2276 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 2277 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 2278 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 2279 University of New Brunswick. 2280 Portability: 2281 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 2282 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 2283 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 2284 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2285 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2286 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 2287 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 2288 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2289 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 2290 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 2291 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 2292 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 2293 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 2294 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 2295 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2296 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 2297 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 2298 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 2299 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2300 Institute. 2301 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 2302 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 2303 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2304 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 2305 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 2306 Renamed Files: 2307 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 2308 23098.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 2310 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 2311 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 2312 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 2313 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2314 Schools" project (IdS). 2315 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 2316 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 2317 be enabled by compiling with: 2318 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 2319 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 2320 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2321 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 2322 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 2323 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 2324 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 2325 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 2326 Colby College. 2327 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 2328 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 2329 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 2330 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 2331 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 2332 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 2333 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 2334 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 2335 NxNetworks, Inc. 2336 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 2337 client name. 2338 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 2339 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 2340 the Universitat Regensburg. 2341 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 2342 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 2343 University of Arizona. 2344 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 2345 of Collective Technologies. 2346 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 2347 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 2348 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 2349 Engineering. 2350 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 2351 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2352 Meteorological Institute. 2353 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2354 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2355 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2356 Meteorological Institute. 2357 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 2358 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 2359 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 2360 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2361 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 2362 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 2363 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 2364 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 2365 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 2366 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 2367 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 2368 overall connections, not the number of connections per 2369 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 2370 counting. 2371 Portability: 2372 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 2373 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 2374 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 2375 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 2376 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 2377 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 2378 Rosenman. 2379 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2380 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2381 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 2382 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 2383 of Pacific Access. 2384 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 2385 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2386 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 2387 Microsystems. 2388 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 2389 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 2390 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2391 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 2392 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 2393 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 2394 implicitly assume canonical host names. 2395 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 2396 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2397 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 2398 Virginia Tech. 2399 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 2400 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 2401 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2402 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 2403 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 2404 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 2405 gmbh. 2406 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 2407 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2408 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 2409 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 2410 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 2411 of Kyoto University. 2412 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 2413 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 2414 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 2415 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 2416 version. 2417 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 2418 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2419 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2420 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 2421 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 2422 or *-owner. 2423 New Files: 2424 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 2425 contrib/buildvirtuser 2426 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 2427 24288.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 2429 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 2430 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2431 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 2432 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 2433 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 2434 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 2435 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2436 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 2437 wildcards. 2438 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 2439 process may close the connection before the child process 2440 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 2441 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 2442 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2443 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 2444 read the LDAP secret from a file. 2445 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 2446 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 2447 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 2448 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2449 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 2450 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 2451 of EarthLink. 2452 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 2453 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 2454 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 2455 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2456 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 2457 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2458 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 2459 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 2460 Fournier of Acadia University. 2461 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 2462 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 2463 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 2464 one of the others may be able to take over. 2465 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 2466 previous load average query result. 2467 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 2468 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 2469 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 2470 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2471 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 2472 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 2473 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 2474 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 2475 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2476 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 2477 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 2478 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 2479 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 2480 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 2481 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 2482 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 2483 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 2484 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 2485 University of British Columbia. 2486 Portability: 2487 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 2488 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 2489 override the setting. Suggested by 2490 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 2491 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 2492 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 2493 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 2494 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 2495 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2496 College. 2497 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 2498 Tom Moore of NCR. 2499 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 2500 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 2501 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 2502 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 2503 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2504 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 2505 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 2506 Consulting. 2507 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 2508 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 2509 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 2510 errors in the MAIL address. 2511 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 2512 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 2513 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 2514 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2515 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 2516 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 2517 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 2518 Ericsson. 2519 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 2520 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 2521 mailer as described in cf/README. 2522 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 2523 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 2524 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 2525 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 2526 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 2527 sendmail. 2528 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2529 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2530 Meteorological Institute. 2531 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 2532 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 2533 dot as the only character on the line. 2534 New Files: 2535 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 2536 25378.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 2538 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 2539 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 2540 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 2541 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 2542 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 2543 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 2544 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2545 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 2546 it populates. It is possible that some broken 2547 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 2548 Systems in this category should compile with 2549 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 2550 system and report broken implementations to 2551 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 2552 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 2553 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 2554 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 2555 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 2556 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 2557 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 2558 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 2559 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2560 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 2561 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 2562 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 2563 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2564 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 2565 random data. 2566 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 2567 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 2568 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 2569 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 2570 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 2571 Martin of CMU. 2572 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 2573 strength factor. 2574 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 2575 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 2576 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 2577 of CMU. 2578 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 2579 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 2580 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 2581 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 2582 documented, unless a family is specified in a 2583 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 2584 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 2585 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 2586 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 2587 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 2588 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2589 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 2590 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 2591 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 2592 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 2593 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 2594 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2595 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 2596 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 2597 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 2598 of Sun Microsystems. 2599 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 2600 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 2601 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 2602 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 2603 the incoming information in the queue file for later 2604 delivery attempts. 2605 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 2606 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 2607 smoe.org. 2608 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 2609 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 2610 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2611 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 2612 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 2613 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 2614 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 2615 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 2616 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2617 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 2618 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 2619 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2620 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 2621 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 2622 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 2623 of Northern Illinois University. 2624 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 2625 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2626 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 2627 to kilobyte units. 2628 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 2629 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 2630 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 2631 Polytechnic. 2632 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 2633 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 2634 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 2635 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2636 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 2637 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 2638 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2639 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 2640 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2641 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 2642 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 2643 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 2644 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 2645 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 2646 G. Thomas Consulting. 2647 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 2648 port number (113). 2649 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 2650 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2651 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 2652 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 2653 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2654 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 2655 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 2656 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 2657 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2658 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 2659 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 2660 University of Mainz. 2661 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 2662 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 2663 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 2664 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2665 Portability: 2666 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 2667 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 2668 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 2669 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 2670 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 2671 work properly causing problems if the accept() 2672 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 2673 from Tom Moore of NCR. 2674 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 2675 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 2676 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 2677 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 2678 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 2679 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 2680 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2681 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 2682 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2683 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2684 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 2685 confCACERT CACERTFile 2686 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 2687 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 2688 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 2689 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2690 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2691 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2692 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2693 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2694 cf/README for more information. 2695 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2696 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2697 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2698 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2699 instead of temporary. 2700 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2701 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2702 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2703 Consulting. 2704 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2705 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2706 RootsWeb.com. 2707 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2708 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2709 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2710 University of Maryland. 2711 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2712 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2713 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2714 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2715 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2716 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2717 of the University of Alberta. 2718 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2719 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2720 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2721 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2722 of X.509 certificates. 2723 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2724 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2725 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2726 Universitat Regensburg. 2727 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2728 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2729 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2730 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2731 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2732 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2733 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2734 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2735 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2736 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2737 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2738 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2739 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2740 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2741 University. 2742 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2743 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2744 links. 2745 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2746 reported. 2747 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2748 Denman Tire Corporation. 2749 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2750 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2751 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2752 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2753 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2754 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2755 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2756 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2757 have a From line. 2758 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2759 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2760 Added Files: 2761 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2762 contrib/cidrexpand 2763 contrib/link_hash.sh 2764 contrib/movemail.conf 2765 contrib/movemail.pl 2766 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2767 test/t_snprintf.c 2768 27698.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2770 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2771 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 2772 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 2773 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 2774 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 2775 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 2776 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 2777 Added Files: 2778 test/t_setuid.c 2779 27808.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 2781 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 2782 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 2783 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 2784 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 2785 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 2786 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 2787 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 2788 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 2789 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 2790 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 2791 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 2792 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2793 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 2794 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 2795 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2796 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 2797 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 2798 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 2799 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 2800 or higher. 2801 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 2802 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 2803 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 2804 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 2805 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2806 Polytechnic Institute. 2807 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 2808 discards the message. 2809 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 2810 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 2811 attempted to the alias. 2812 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 2813 flag options. 2814 Portability: 2815 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 2816 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 2817 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 2818 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 2819 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2820 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 2821 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2822 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2823 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2824 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2825 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2826 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2827 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2828 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2829 Services, LLC. 2830 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2831 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2832 Courtesan Consulting. 2833 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2834 Siemens Business Services. 2835 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2836 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2837 of WSRCC. 2838 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2839 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2840 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2841 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2842 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2843 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2844 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2845 of NEC. 2846 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2847 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2848 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2849 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2850 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2851 Virginia Tech. 2852 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2853 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2854 University. 2855 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2856 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2857 release. 2858 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2859 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2860 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2861 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2862 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2863 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2864 Sendmail. 2865 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2866 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2867 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2868 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2869 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2870 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2871 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2872 Northern Illinois University. 2873 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2874 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2875 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2876 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2877 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2878 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2879 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2880 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 2881 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 2882 Added Files: 2883 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 2884 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 2885 Deleted Files: 2886 contrib/converting.sun.configs 2887 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 2888 doc/intro 2889 doc/usenix 2890 doc/changes 2891 28928.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 2893 ************************************************************* 2894 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 2895 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 2896 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 2897 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 2898 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 2899 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 2900 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 2901 * coach, and a friend. * 2902 * * 2903 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 2904 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 2905 * Julie, we miss you! * 2906 ************************************************************* 2907 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 2908 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 2909 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 2910 symbolic link target. 2911 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 2912 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 2913 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2914 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 2915 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 2916 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 2917 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 2918 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 2919 version of sendmail. 2920 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 2921 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 2922 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2923 (IdS). 2924 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 2925 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 2926 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 2927 for easier code sharing among the programs. 2928 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 2929 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 2930 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 2931 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 2932 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 2933 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 2934 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 2935 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 2936 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 2937 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2938 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2939 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 2940 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2941 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 2942 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 2943 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 2944 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 2945 now listen on several different ports. Use: 2946 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 2947 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 2948 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 2949 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 2950 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 2951 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 2952 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 2953 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 2954 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 2955 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 2956 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 2957 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 2958 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 2959 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 2960 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 2961 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 2962 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 2963 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 2964 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 2965 accordingly. 2966 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 2967 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 2968 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 2969 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 2970 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 2971 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 2972 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 2973 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 2974 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 2975 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 2976 InCert Software. 2977 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 2978 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 2979 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 2980 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 2981 a control socket request. 2982 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 2983 settings: 2984 Timeout.resolver.retrans 2985 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2986 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2987 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 2988 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 2989 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2990 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 2991 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 2992 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 2993 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 2994 delivery attempt. 2995 Timeout.resolver.retry 2996 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 2997 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 2998 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 2999 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3000 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3001 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3002 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3003 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3004 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3005 delivery attempt. 3006 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3007 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3008 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3009 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3010 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3011 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3012 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3013 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3014 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3015 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3016 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3017 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3018 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3019 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3020 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3021 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3022 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3023 Telecommunications Ltd. 3024 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3025 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3026 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3027 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3028 Inc. 3029 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3030 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3031 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3032 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3033 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3034 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3035 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3036 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3037 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3038 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3039 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3040 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3041 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3042 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3043 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3044 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3045 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3046 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3047 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3048 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3049 Ltd. 3050 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3051 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3052 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3053 example mailer might be: 3054 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3055 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3056 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3057 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3058 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3059 instead. 3060 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3061 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3062 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3063 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3064 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3065 flags. 3066 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3067 body of the original message on delivery status 3068 notifications. 3069 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3070 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3071 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3072 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3073 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3074 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3075 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3076 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3077 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3078 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3079 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3080 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3081 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3082 Conwell of Boston University. 3083 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3084 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3085 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3086 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3087 @Home Network. 3088 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3089 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3090 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3091 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3092 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3093 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3094 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3095 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3096 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3097 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3098 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3099 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3100 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3101 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3102 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3103 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3104 Mathias Herberts. 3105 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3106 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3107 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3108 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3109 in check_compat). 3110 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3111 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3112 option. 3113 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3114 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3115 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3116 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3117 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3118 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3119 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3120 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3121 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3122 is set. 3123 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3124 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3125 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3126 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3127 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3128 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3129 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3130 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3131 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3132 a denial-of-service attack. 3133 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3134 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3135 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3136 overflow attacks. 3137 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3138 alias recursion. 3139 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3140 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3141 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3142 directly before the newline. 3143 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3144 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3145 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3146 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3147 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3148 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3149 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3150 could not be opened. 3151 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3152 value of this option is macro expanded. 3153 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3154 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3155 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3156 (along with the already existing macros): 3157 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3158 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3159 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3160 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3161 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3162 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3163 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3164 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3165 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3166 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3167 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3168 loopback net. 3169 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3170 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3171 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3172 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3173 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3174 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3175 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3176 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3177 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3178 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3179 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3180 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3181 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3182 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3183 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3184 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3185 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3186 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3187 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3188 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3189 Ericsson. 3190 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3191 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3192 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3193 of Ericsson. 3194 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3195 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3196 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3197 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3198 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3199 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3200 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3201 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3202 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3203 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3204 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3205 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3206 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3207 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3208 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3209 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3210 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3211 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3212 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3213 equate name. 3214 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3215 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3216 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3217 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3218 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3219 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3220 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3221 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3222 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3223 David Cooley of Colby College. 3224 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3225 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3226 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3227 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3228 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3229 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3230 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3231 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3232 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3233 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3234 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3235 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3236 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3237 of Stanford University. 3238 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3239 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3240 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3241 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3242 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3243 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3244 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3245 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3246 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3247 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 3248 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 3249 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 3250 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3251 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 3252 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 3253 attributes found in the match will be returned. 3254 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 3255 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 3256 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 3257 comma separated key and value strings. 3258 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 3259 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 3260 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 3261 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 3262 a single connection to that host. 3263 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 3264 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 3265 LDAP lookups. 3266 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 3267 resources. 3268 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 3269 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 3270 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 3271 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 3272 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 3273 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 3274 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 3275 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 3276 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 3277 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 3278 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 3279 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 3280 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 3281 with the name "*". 3282 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 3283 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 3284 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 3285 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 3286 matches to return. 3287 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 3288 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 3289 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 3290 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 3291 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 3292 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 3293 are defined. 3294 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 3295 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 3296 Tech. 3297 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 3298 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 3299 important if you have large classes. 3300 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 3301 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 3302 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3303 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 3304 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 3305 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 3306 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 3307 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 3308 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3309 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 3310 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 3311 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 3312 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 3313 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 3314 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 3315 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 3316 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 3317 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 3318 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 3319 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 3320 determined). For single processor machines, this change 3321 has no effect. 3322 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 3323 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3324 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 3325 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3326 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 3327 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 3328 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 3329 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 3330 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 3331 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 3332 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 3333 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 3334 connection-based denial of service attacks. 3335 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 3336 10 or higher. 3337 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 3338 information (from= syslog line). 3339 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 3340 equate (dsn=). 3341 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 3342 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 3343 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 3344 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3345 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 3346 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3347 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3348 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 3349 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3350 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 3351 the program as the default user and the default group, not 3352 the forward file user. This change also assures the 3353 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 3354 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 3355 Popovici of DNT Romania. 3356 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 3357 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 3358 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 3359 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 3360 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 3361 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 3362 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 3363 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 3364 helpful to know the sender of the message. 3365 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 3366 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3367 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 3368 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 3369 multiple files. 3370 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 3371 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 3372 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 3373 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 3374 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 3375 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 3376 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 3377 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 3378 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 3379 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 3380 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 3381 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 3382 length before the attempt. 3383 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 3384 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 3385 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 3386 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 3387 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 3388 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 3389 host status files, not all files. 3390 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 3391 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 3392 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 3393 Wonderworks Inc. 3394 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 3395 macro map class. This can be used to store information 3396 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 3397 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 3398 of Hannover. 3399 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 3400 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 3401 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 3402 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 3403 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 3404 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 3405 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 3406 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 3407 flag: 3408 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 3409 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 3410 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 3411 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 3412 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 3413 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 3414 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 3415 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 3416 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 3417 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 3418 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 3419 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 3420 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 3421 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3422 version. 3423 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 3424 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 3425 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 3426 if referencing a named ruleset. 3427 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 3428 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 3429 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 3430 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 3431 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 3432 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 3433 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 3434 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 3435 the University of Maryland. 3436 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 3437 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 3438 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 3439 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 3440 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 3441 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 3442 COMMANDS). 3443 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 3444 but for outgoing connections. 3445 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 3446 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 3447 a require authentication 3448 b bind to interface through which mail has 3449 been received 3450 c perform hostname canonification 3451 f require fully qualified hostname 3452 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 3453 command 3454 C don't perform hostname canonification 3455 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 3456 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 3457 h use name of interface for HELO command 3458 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 3459 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 3460 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 3461 Institutes of Health. 3462 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 3463 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3464 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 3465 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 3466 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3467 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 3468 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 3469 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 3470 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 3471 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 3472 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 3473 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 3474 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3475 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 3476 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 3477 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 3478 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 3479 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 3480 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 3481 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 3482 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 3483 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 3484 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 3485 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 3486 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3487 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 3488 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 3489 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 3490 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 3491 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 3492 timeout. 3493 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 3494 interface address structure when loading the system network 3495 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 3496 Nanoteq. 3497 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 3498 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 3499 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 3500 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 3501 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 3502 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 3503 on load average. 3504 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3505 Northern Illinois University. 3506 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 3507 envelope splitting has occurred. 3508 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 3509 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 3510 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 3511 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 3512 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 3513 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3514 Institute. 3515 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 3516 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 3517 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 3518 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 3519 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 3520 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 3521 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3522 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 3523 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3524 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 3525 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3526 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 3527 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 3528 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 3529 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3530 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 3531 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 3532 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 3533 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3534 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 3535 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 3536 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 3537 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3538 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 3539 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 3540 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3541 University. 3542 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 3543 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 3544 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 3545 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 3546 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 3547 ruleset lines as well. 3548 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 3549 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 3550 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 3551 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3552 Institute. 3553 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 3554 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 3555 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3556 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 3557 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 3558 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 3559 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 3560 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 3561 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 3562 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 3563 of Ericsson. 3564 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 3565 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 3566 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 3567 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3568 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 3569 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 3570 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 3571 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 3572 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 3573 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 3574 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 3575 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 3576 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 3577 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 3578 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 3579 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3580 University. 3581 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 3582 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 3583 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 3584 'sendmail -bs'. 3585 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 3586 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 3587 them in the .cf file. 3588 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 3589 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 3590 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 3591 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 3592 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 3593 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 3594 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 3595 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 3596 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3597 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 3598 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 3599 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 3600 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 3601 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3602 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 3603 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3604 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 3605 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 3606 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 3607 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 3608 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3609 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 3610 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 3611 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 3612 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 3613 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 3614 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3615 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 3616 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 3617 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 3618 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3619 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 3620 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 3621 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 3622 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 3623 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 3624 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3625 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 3626 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 3627 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 3628 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 3629 don't fail on ANY queries. 3630 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 3631 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 3632 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3633 Northern Illinois University. 3634 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 3635 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 3636 State University. 3637 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 3638 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3639 Northern Illinois University. 3640 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 3641 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 3642 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 3643 Portability: 3644 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 3645 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 3646 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 3647 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 3648 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3649 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 3650 This allows network interface probing to work 3651 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 3652 University of Iowa. 3653 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 3654 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 3655 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 3656 name. 3657 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 3658 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 3659 Virginia Tech. 3660 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 3661 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 3662 Amsterdam. 3663 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 3664 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 3665 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 3666 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 3667 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 3668 in building the operating system. Users can 3669 override the defaults by setting confCC and 3670 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 3671 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 3672 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 3673 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 3674 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 3675 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 3676 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3677 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 3678 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3679 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 3680 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 3681 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 3682 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3683 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 3684 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 3685 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 3686 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 3687 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 3688 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3689 use that value in conf.h. 3690 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3691 BITart Consulting. 3692 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3693 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3694 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3695 Computer, Inc. 3696 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3697 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3698 of E I A. 3699 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3700 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3701 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3702 fchown(2). 3703 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3704 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3705 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3706 srandomdev(3). 3707 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3708 setlogin(2). 3709 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3710 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3711 Siemens Business Services. 3712 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3713 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3714 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3715 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3716 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3717 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3718 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3719 Aerospace. 3720 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3721 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3722 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3723 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3724 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3725 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3726 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3727 University. 3728 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3729 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3730 Technology Information Network. 3731 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3732 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3733 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3734 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3735 and OpenBSD. 3736 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3737 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3738 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3739 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3740 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3741 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3742 details. 3743 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3744 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3745 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3746 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3747 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3748 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3749 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3750 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3751 Courtesan Consulting. 3752 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3753 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3754 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3755 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3756 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3757 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3758 multiple times. 3759 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3760 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3761 with From:). 3762 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3763 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3764 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3765 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3766 new functionality. 3767 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3768 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3769 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3770 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3771 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 3772 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 3773 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 3774 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 3775 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 3776 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 3777 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 3778 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 3779 confPID_FILE PidFile 3780 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 3781 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 3782 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 3783 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 3784 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3785 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3786 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 3787 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3788 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3789 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 3790 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 3791 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 3792 which takes the options as argument and can be used 3793 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 3794 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 3795 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 3796 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 3797 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 3798 to "IPC $h". 3799 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 3800 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 3801 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 3802 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 3803 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 3804 value should be changed with care. 3805 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 3806 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 3807 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 3808 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 3809 complain. 3810 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 3811 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 3812 of Q7 Enterprises. 3813 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 3814 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 3815 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 3816 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 3817 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 3818 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 3819 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 3820 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3821 of Northern Illinois University. 3822 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3823 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3824 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3825 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3826 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3827 in it. 3828 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3829 in class 'P' ($=P). 3830 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3831 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3832 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3833 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3834 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3835 is added. 3836 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3837 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3838 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3839 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3840 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3841 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3842 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3843 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3844 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3845 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3846 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3847 Hubert of University of Washington. 3848 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3849 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3850 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3851 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3852 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3853 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3854 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3855 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3856 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3857 Services. 3858 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3859 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3860 Aerospace. 3861 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3862 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3863 University and Brian Candler. 3864 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3865 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3866 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3867 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3868 Institute. 3869 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3870 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3871 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3872 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3873 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3874 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3875 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3876 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3877 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3878 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3879 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3880 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 3881 Willamette Industries, Inc. 3882 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 3883 converted to <user@d> 3884 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 3885 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 3886 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 3887 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 3888 performed. 3889 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 3890 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 3891 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3892 Institute. 3893 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 3894 be accessed by their numbers). 3895 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 3896 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 3897 of an address. 3898 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 3899 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 3900 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 3901 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 3902 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 3903 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 3904 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 3905 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 3906 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 3907 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3908 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 3909 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3910 Institute. 3911 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 3912 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 3913 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 3914 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 3915 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 3916 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 3917 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 3918 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 3919 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 3920 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 3921 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 3922 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3923 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 3924 University of California at Berkeley. 3925 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 3926 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3927 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 3928 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 3929 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 3930 Corporation UK. 3931 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 3932 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 3933 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 3934 Yale University. 3935 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 3936 be used for building. 3937 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 3938 used for a fresh build. 3939 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 3940 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 3941 ranlib. 3942 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 3943 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 3944 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 3945 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 3946 Costales. 3947 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 3948 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 3949 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 3950 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 3951 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 3952 of Siemens Business Services. 3953 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 3954 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 3955 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 3956 torek. 3957 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 3958 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 3959 They should contain the C source files for the object files 3960 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 3961 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 3962 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 3963 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 3964 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 3965 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 3966 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 3967 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 3968 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 3969 are in devtools/README. 3970 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 3971 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3972 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 3973 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 3974 new variable which identifies the root of the source 3975 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 3976 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 3977 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 3978 macro. 3979 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 3980 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 3981 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 3982 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 3983 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 3984 Corporation. 3985 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 3986 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 3987 confMANROOTMAN. 3988 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 3989 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 3990 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 3991 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 3992 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 3993 Communications. 3994 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 3995 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 3996 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 3997 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 3998 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 3999 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4000 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4001 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4002 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4003 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4004 install-strip target. 4005 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4006 the others (if it exists). 4007 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4008 then the default ones. 4009 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4010 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4011 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4012 to set the S flag. 4013 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4014 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4015 Northern Illinois University. 4016 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4017 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4018 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4019 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4020 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4021 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4022 University. 4023 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4024 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4025 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4026 University. 4027 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4028 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4029 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4030 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4031 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4032 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4033 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4034 University. 4035 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4036 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4037 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4038 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4039 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4040 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4041 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4042 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4043 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4044 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4045 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4046 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4047 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4048 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4049 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4050 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4051 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4052 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4053 timeout to avoid starvation. 4054 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4055 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4056 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4057 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4058 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4059 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4060 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4061 of Maryland. 4062 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4063 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4064 sendmail configuration file. 4065 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4066 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4067 option. 4068 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4069 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4070 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4071 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4072 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4073 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4074 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4075 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4076 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4077 Corporation UK. 4078 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4079 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4080 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4081 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4082 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4083 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4084 Institute for Global Communications. 4085 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4086 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4087 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4088 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4089 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4090 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4091 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4092 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4093 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4094 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4095 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4096 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4097 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4098 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4099 Changed Files: 4100 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4101 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4102 which execute the actual Build script in 4103 devtools/bin. 4104 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4105 -mandoc as they were previously. 4106 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4107 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4108 required for Build). 4109 New Directories: 4110 devtools/M4/UNIX 4111 include 4112 libmilter 4113 libsmdb 4114 libsmutil 4115 vacation 4116 Renamed Directories: 4117 BuildTools => devtools 4118 src => sendmail 4119 Deleted Files: 4120 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4121 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4122 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4123 devtools/OS/SINIX 4124 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4125 New Files: 4126 INSTALL 4127 PGPKEYS 4128 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4129 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4130 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4131 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4132 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4133 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4134 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4135 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4136 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4137 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4138 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4139 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4140 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4141 contrib/domainmap.m4 4142 contrib/qtool.8 4143 contrib/qtool.pl 4144 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4145 devtools/M4/list.m4 4146 devtools/M4/string.m4 4147 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4148 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4149 devtools/OS/Darwin 4150 devtools/OS/GNU 4151 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4152 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4153 devtools/OS/m88k 4154 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4155 mail.local/Makefile 4156 mailstats/Makefile 4157 makemap/Makefile 4158 praliases/Makefile 4159 rmail/Makefile 4160 sendmail/Makefile 4161 sendmail/bf.h 4162 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4163 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4164 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4165 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4166 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4167 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4168 sendmail/timers.c 4169 sendmail/timers.h 4170 smrsh/Makefile 4171 vacation/Makefile 4172 Renamed Files: 4173 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4174 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4175 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4176 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4177 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4178 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4179 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4180 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4181 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4182 Copied Files: 4183 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4184 41858.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4186 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4187 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4188 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4189 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4190 Schools" project (IdS). 4191 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4192 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4193 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4194 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4195 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4196 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4197 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4198 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4199 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4200 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4201 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4202 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4203 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4204 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4205 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4206 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4207 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4208 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4209 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4210 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4211 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4212 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4213 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4214 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4215 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4216 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4217 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4218 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4219 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4220 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4221 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4222 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4223 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4224 group of the IETF. 4225 Portability: 4226 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4227 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4228 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4229 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4230 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4231 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4232 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4233 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4234 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4235 Technical University of Denmark. 4236 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4237 Supercomputer Center. 4238 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4239 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4240 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4241 of Stanford University. 4242 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4243 between different releases. Back out the 4244 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4245 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4246 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4247 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 4248 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 4249 of Siemens/SNI. 4250 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4251 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 4252 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 4253 University of Brno. 4254 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 4255 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 4256 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4257 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 4258 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 4259 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4260 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 4261 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 4262 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 4263 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 4264 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4265 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 4266 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 4267 MIDS Europe. 4268 New Files: 4269 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 4270 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4271 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 4272 42738.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 4274 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 4275 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 4276 for a denial of service attack. 4277 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 4278 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4279 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 4280 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4281 Corporation UK. 4282 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 4283 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 4284 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 4285 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 4286 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 4287 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 4288 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 4289 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 4290 Internet Services. 4291 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 4292 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 4293 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 4294 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 4295 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 4296 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 4297 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4298 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 4299 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4300 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 4301 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 4302 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 4303 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 4304 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4305 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4306 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 4307 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 4308 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 4309 Internet Services. 4310 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 4311 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 4312 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 4313 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 4314 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 4315 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 4316 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 4317 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 4318 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 4319 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 4320 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 4321 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 4322 extended testing. 4323 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 4324 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 4325 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 4326 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 4327 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 4328 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4329 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 4330 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 4331 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 4332 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4333 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4334 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 4335 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 4336 Network. 4337 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 4338 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 4339 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 4340 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 4341 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 4342 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 4343 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4344 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 4345 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 4346 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 4347 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 4348 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 4349 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 4350 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 4351 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 4352 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 4353 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4354 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 4355 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4356 Meteorological Institute. 4357 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4358 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 4359 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 4360 Portability: 4361 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 4362 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 4363 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 4364 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 4365 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 4366 reading network interface addresses into 4367 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 4368 Cal State University, Chico. 4369 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 4370 from changing the semantics of the compiled 4371 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 4372 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 4373 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 4374 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4375 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4376 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 4377 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 4378 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 4379 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 4380 of Sun Microsystems. 4381 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 4382 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4383 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 4384 of Bits Co., Ltd. 4385 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 4386 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4387 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 4388 of E I A. 4389 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 4390 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 4391 Information Center. 4392 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 4393 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4394 Institute. 4395 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 4396 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 4397 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 4398 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 4399 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4400 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 4401 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 4402 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 4403 Manawatu Internet Services. 4404 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 4405 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 4406 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 4407 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 4408 of Northern Illinois University. 4409 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 4410 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4411 Kiel. 4412 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 4413 Dot Com. 4414 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 4415 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4416 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4417 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 4418 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 4419 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 4420 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4421 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 4422 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4423 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 4424 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 4425 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 4426 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4427 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 4428 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4429 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 4430 the envelope From header. 4431 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 4432 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 4433 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 4434 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 4435 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 4436 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 4437 Portal Services, Inc. 4438 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 4439 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 4440 Sun Microsystems. 4441 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4442 New Files: 4443 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 4444 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 4445 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 4446 contrib/smcontrol.pl 4447 src/control.c 4448 44498.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 4450 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 4451 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 4452 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 4453 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 4454 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 4455 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 4456 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4457 Meteorological Institute. 4458 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 4459 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 4460 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4461 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 4462 installation commands. The man pages would still be 4463 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 4464 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4465 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 4466 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4467 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 4468 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 4469 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 4470 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 4471 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 4472 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 4473 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 4474 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 4475 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 4476 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 4477 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 4478 Flextech TV. 4479 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 4480 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 4481 DaveLtd Enterprises. 4482 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 4483 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 4484 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 4485 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 4486 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 4487 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 4488 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 4489 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 4490 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 4491 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 4492 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 4493 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 4494 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 4495 University. 4496 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 4497 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 4498 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 4499 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 4500 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 4501 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 4502 Portability: 4503 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 4504 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 4505 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 4506 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 4507 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 4508 of BSDI. 4509 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 4510 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 4511 PICT Inc. 4512 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 4513 J. P. McCann of E I A. 4514 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 4515 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 4516 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 4517 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 4518 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 4519 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4520 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 4521 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 4522 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4523 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 4524 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 4525 would not accept @@hostname. 4526 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 4527 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 4528 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 4529 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 4530 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4531 New Files: 4532 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 4533 45348.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 4535 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 4536 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 4537 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 4538 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 4539 which need the ability to override security can use the 4540 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 4541 information. 4542 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4543 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4544 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 4545 world writable directories. 4546 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 4547 it is in a world writable directory. 4548 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 4549 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 4550 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 4551 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4552 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4553 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 4554 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 4555 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4556 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 4557 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 4558 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 4559 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 4560 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 4561 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 4562 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 4563 default. 4564 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 4565 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 4566 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 4567 the University of Maryland. 4568 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 4569 of Cal State University, Chico. 4570 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 4571 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 4572 current version of Berkeley DB. 4573 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 4574 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4575 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 4576 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 4577 of Maryland. 4578 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 4579 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 4580 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 4581 Microsystems. 4582 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 4583 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 4584 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 4585 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 4586 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 4587 mail.local on the F=z flag. 4588 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 4589 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 4590 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 4591 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 4592 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 4593 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 4594 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 4595 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4596 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4597 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 4598 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 4599 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 4600 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4601 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 4602 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 4603 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 4604 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 4605 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 4606 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 4607 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 4608 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 4609 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 4610 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 4611 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 4612 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 4613 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 4614 relaying entirely. 4615 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 4616 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 4617 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 4618 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 4619 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 4620 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 4621 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 4622 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4623 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 4624 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 4625 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 4626 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 4627 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4628 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 4629 sender for those failures. 4630 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 4631 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 4632 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 4633 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 4634 of Ericsson. 4635 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 4636 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 4637 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4638 of Procter & Gamble. 4639 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 4640 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 4641 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4642 of Procter & Gamble. 4643 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 4644 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 4645 of system security. This should only be used if you are 4646 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 4647 DontBlameSendmail options are: 4648 Safe 4649 AssumeSafeChown 4650 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 4651 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 4652 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 4653 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 4654 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 4655 GroupWritableAliasFile 4656 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 4657 WorldWritableAliasFile 4658 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4659 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4660 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 4661 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 4662 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4663 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4664 MapInUnsafeDirPath 4665 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 4666 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 4667 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 4668 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 4669 LinkedMapInWritableDir 4670 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 4671 FileDeliveryToHardLink 4672 FileDeliveryToSymLink 4673 WriteMapToHardLink 4674 WriteMapToSymLink 4675 WriteStatsToHardLink 4676 WriteStatsToSymLink 4677 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 4678 RunWritableProgram 4679 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 4680 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 4681 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 4682 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 4683 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 4684 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 4685 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 4686 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 4687 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 4688 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4689 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4690 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4691 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4692 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4693 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4694 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4695 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4696 contrast to the success case). 4697 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4698 of the form: 4699 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4700 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4701 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4702 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4703 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4704 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4705 headers. 4706 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4707 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4708 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4709 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4710 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4711 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4712 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4713 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4714 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4715 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4716 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4717 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4718 remote identity can be queried. 4719 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4720 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4721 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4722 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4723 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4724 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4725 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4726 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4727 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4728 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4729 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4730 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4731 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4732 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4733 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4734 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4735 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4736 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4737 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4738 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4739 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4740 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4741 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4742 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4743 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4744 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4745 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4746 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4747 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4748 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4749 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4750 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4751 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4752 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4753 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4754 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4755 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4756 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4757 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4758 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4759 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4760 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4761 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4762 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4763 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4764 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4765 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4766 Institute. 4767 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4768 mail.local. 4769 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4770 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4771 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 4772 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 4773 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 4774 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4775 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 4776 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 4777 of InfoBeat, Inc. 4778 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 4779 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 4780 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 4781 mailstats command. 4782 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 4783 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 4784 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4785 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 4786 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 4787 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 4788 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4789 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 4790 Ericsson. 4791 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 4792 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 4793 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 4794 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 4795 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 4796 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 4797 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 4798 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 4799 Stratus Computer, Inc. 4800 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 4801 currently supported version. 4802 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 4803 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4804 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 4805 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 4806 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 4807 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4808 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 4809 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 4810 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 4811 message in error bounces. 4812 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 4813 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 4814 Digital Equipment Corporation. 4815 Portability: 4816 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 4817 of Kyoto University. 4818 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 4819 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 4820 Maryland. 4821 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4822 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4823 in Finland. 4824 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4825 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4826 the University of Maryland. 4827 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4828 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4829 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4830 Meteorological Institute. 4831 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4832 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4833 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4834 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4835 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4836 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4837 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4838 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4839 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4840 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4841 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4842 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4843 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4844 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4845 Microsystems. 4846 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4847 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4848 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4849 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4850 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4851 directory for certain programs. 4852 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4853 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4854 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4855 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4856 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4857 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4858 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4859 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4860 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4861 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4862 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4863 the user to setup different .forward files for 4864 user+detail addressing. 4865 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4866 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4867 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4868 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4869 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4870 outside your domain). 4871 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4872 any site to any site. 4873 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4874 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4875 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4876 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4877 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4878 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4879 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4880 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 4881 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 4882 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 4883 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 4884 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 4885 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 4886 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 4887 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 4888 host names only. 4889 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 4890 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 4891 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 4892 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 4893 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 4894 needed for most installations. 4895 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 4896 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 4897 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 4898 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4899 the University of Maryland. 4900 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 4901 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 4902 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 4903 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 4904 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 4905 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 4906 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 4907 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 4908 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 4909 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 4910 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 4911 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 4912 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 4913 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 4914 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 4915 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 4916 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 4917 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 4918 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 4919 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 4920 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 4921 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 4922 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 4923 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 4924 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 4925 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 4926 above for more information. 4927 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 4928 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4929 Meteorological Institute. 4930 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 4931 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 4932 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 4933 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 4934 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4935 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 4936 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 4937 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 4938 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 4939 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 4940 MustQuoteChars respectively. 4941 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 4942 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 4943 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 4944 CMU (now of Netscape). 4945 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 4946 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 4947 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 4948 read mail.local/README. 4949 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 4950 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 4951 University of Maryland. 4952 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 4953 University, Chico. 4954 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4955 Meteorological Institute. 4956 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 4957 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 4958 University of Maryland. 4959 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 4960 such as linked files in world writable directories. 4961 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 4962 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 4963 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 4964 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 4965 Braunschweig. 4966 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 4967 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 4968 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4969 Changed Files: 4970 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 4971 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 4972 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 4973 New Files: 4974 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 4975 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 4976 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 4977 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 4978 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 4979 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 4980 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 4981 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 4982 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 4983 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 4984 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 4985 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 4986 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 4987 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 4988 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 4989 BuildTools/OS/QNX 4990 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 4991 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 4992 BuildTools/README 4993 BuildTools/Site/README 4994 BuildTools/bin/Build 4995 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 4996 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 4997 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 4998 Makefile 4999 cf/cf/Build 5000 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5001 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5002 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5003 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5004 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5005 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5006 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5007 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5008 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5009 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5010 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5011 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5012 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5013 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5014 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5015 mail.local/Build 5016 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5017 mail.local/README 5018 mailstats/Build 5019 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5020 makemap/Build 5021 makemap/Makefile.m4 5022 praliases/Build 5023 praliases/Makefile.m4 5024 rmail/Build 5025 rmail/Makefile.m4 5026 rmail/rmail.0 5027 smrsh/Build 5028 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5029 src/Build 5030 src/Makefile.m4 5031 src/snprintf.c 5032 Deleted Files: 5033 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5034 mail.local/Makefile 5035 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5036 mailstats/Makefile 5037 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5038 makemap/Makefile 5039 makemap/Makefile.dist 5040 praliases/Makefile 5041 praliases/Makefile.dist 5042 rmail/Makefile 5043 smrsh/Makefile 5044 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5045 src/Makefile 5046 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5047 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5048 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5049 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5050 Renamed Files: 5051 READ_ME => README 5052 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5053 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5054 src/READ_ME => src/README 5055 50568.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5057 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5058 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5059 Meteorological Institute. 5060 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5061 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5062 Arseneault of SRI International. 5063 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5064 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5065 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5066 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5067 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5068 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5069 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5070 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5071 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5072 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5073 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5074 River Systems. 5075 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5076 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5077 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5078 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5079 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5080 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5081 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5082 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5083 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5084 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5085 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5086 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5087 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5088 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5089 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5090 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5091 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5092 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5093 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5094 results during a single message processing (but would 5095 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5096 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5097 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5098 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5099 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5100 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5101 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5102 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5103 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5104 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5105 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5106 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5107 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5108 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5109 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5110 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5111 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5112 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5113 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5114 Associates. 5115 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5116 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5117 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5118 could cause confusing error messages. 5119 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5120 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5121 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5122 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5123 SuperNet, Inc. 5124 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5125 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5126 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5127 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5128 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5129 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5130 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5131 dropped. 5132 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5133 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5134 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5135 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5136 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5137 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5138 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5139 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5140 Institute. 5141 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5142 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5143 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5144 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5145 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5146 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5147 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5148 Minor lint fixes. 5149 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5150 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5151 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5152 of Stanford University. 5153 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5154 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5155 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5156 Portability: 5157 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5158 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5159 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5160 Electronic Data Systems. 5161 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5162 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5163 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5164 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5165 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5166 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5167 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5168 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5169 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5170 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5171 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5172 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5173 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5174 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5175 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5176 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5177 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5178 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5179 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5180 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5181 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5182 Services. 5183 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5184 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5185 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5186 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5187 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5188 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5189 Services VAS. 5190 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5191 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5192 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5193 Ericsson. 5194 51958.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5196 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5197 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5198 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5199 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5200 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5201 GmbH. 5202 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5203 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5204 of Technology, Stockholm. 5205 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5206 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5207 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5208 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5209 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5210 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5211 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5212 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5213 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5214 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5215 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5216 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5217 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5218 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5219 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5220 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5221 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5222 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5223 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5224 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5225 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5226 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5227 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5228 have to assume that the information is good. 5229 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5230 open or locked. 5231 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5232 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5233 errors during testing. 5234 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5235 printed in the error message. 5236 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5237 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5238 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5239 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5240 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5241 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5242 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5243 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5244 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5245 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5246 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5247 runner runs during a critical section in another message 5248 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 5249 Results Computing. 5250 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 5251 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 5252 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 5253 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 5254 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5255 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 5256 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 5257 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 5258 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 5259 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 5260 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 5261 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 5262 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 5263 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 5264 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 5265 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 5266 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 5267 simultaneously. 5268 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 5269 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 5270 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 5271 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 5272 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5273 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 5274 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 5275 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 5276 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5277 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 5278 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 5279 CSU Chico. 5280 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 5281 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 5282 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 5283 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5284 Portability: 5285 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 5286 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 5287 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 5288 be used instead. 5289 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 5290 of Argonne National Laboratory. 5291 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5292 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5293 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 5294 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 5295 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 5296 in Makefiles. 5297 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 5298 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 5299 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 5300 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 5301 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 5302 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 5303 NCR Corp. 5304 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 5305 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5306 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 5307 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 5308 Resource Network 5309 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 5310 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 5311 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 5312 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 5313 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 5314 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 5315 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 5316 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 5317 Corp. 5318 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 5319 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 5320 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 5321 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 5322 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 5323 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 5324 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 5325 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 5326 PlainTalk. 5327 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 5328 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 5329 by Harry Styron. 5330 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 5331 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 5332 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 5333 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 5334 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 5335 changed after open". 5336 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 5337 files. 5338 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 5339 NEW FILES: 5340 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 5341 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 5342 test/t_exclopen.c 5343 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 5344 DELETED FILES: 5345 Makefile 5346 53478.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 5348 ************************************************************* 5349 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 5350 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 5351 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 5352 * continued sendmail development. * 5353 ************************************************************* 5354 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 5355 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 5356 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 5357 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 5358 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 5359 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 5360 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 5361 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 5362 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 5363 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 5364 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 5365 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 5366 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 5367 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 5368 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 5369 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 5370 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5371 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5372 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 5373 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 5374 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 5375 another database; this can be used either to expose 5376 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 5377 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 5378 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 5379 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 5380 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 5381 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 5382 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 5383 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 5384 system directories. 5385 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 5386 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 5387 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 5388 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 5389 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 5390 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 5391 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 5392 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 5393 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 5394 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 5395 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 5396 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 5397 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 5398 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 5399 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 5400 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 5401 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 5402 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 5403 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 5404 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 5405 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 5406 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 5407 NFS-mounted filesystems. 5408 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 5409 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 5410 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 5411 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 5412 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 5413 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 5414 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 5415 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 5416 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5417 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 5418 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5419 same host). 5420 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 5421 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 5422 from Theo de Raadt. 5423 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 5424 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 5425 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5426 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 5427 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 5428 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 5429 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 5430 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 5431 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5432 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 5433 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 5434 Microsystems. 5435 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 5436 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 5437 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5438 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 5439 too large) don't send the bogus message. 5440 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 5441 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 5442 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5443 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 5444 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 5445 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 5446 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 5447 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 5448 Shapiro. 5449 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 5450 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 5451 Sun Microsystems. 5452 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 5453 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 5454 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 5455 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 5456 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 5457 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 5458 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 5459 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 5460 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 5461 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 5462 Mercury Mail. 5463 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 5464 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 5465 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 5466 Morgan Stanley. 5467 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 5468 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 5469 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 5470 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5471 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 5472 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 5473 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 5474 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 5475 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 5476 not be run. 5477 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 5478 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 5479 printing. 5480 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 5481 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 5482 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5483 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 5484 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 5485 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 5486 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 5487 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 5488 erroneous results during a single message processing 5489 (but would recover when the next message was received). 5490 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 5491 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 5492 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 5493 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 5494 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 5495 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 5496 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 5497 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 5498 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 5499 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 5500 address as "may be forged". 5501 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 5502 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 5503 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 5504 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 5505 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 5506 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 5507 of TwinCom. 5508 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 5509 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 5510 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 5511 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 5512 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 5513 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 5514 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 5515 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 5516 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5517 Institute. 5518 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 5519 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 5520 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 5521 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 5522 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 5523 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 5524 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 5525 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 5526 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 5527 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 5528 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 5529 book (2nd edition). 5530 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 5531 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 5532 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 5533 John Beck of SunSoft. 5534 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 5535 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 5536 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 5537 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 5538 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 5539 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 5540 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 5541 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 5542 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 5543 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 5544 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 5545 returns. 5546 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 5547 on some architectures. 5548 Portability: 5549 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 5550 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 5551 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 5552 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 5553 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 5554 of Washington. 5555 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 5556 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 5557 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5558 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 5559 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 5560 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 5561 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 5562 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 5563 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 5564 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5565 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 5566 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 5567 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 5568 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 5569 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 5570 Cambridge. 5571 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 5572 Kari Hurtta. 5573 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 5574 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 5575 IRIX Makefile). 5576 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 5577 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5578 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 5579 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 5580 Brian Candler. 5581 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 5582 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 5583 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5584 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 5585 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 5586 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5587 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 5588 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 5589 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 5590 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 5591 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 5592 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5593 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 5594 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 5595 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 5596 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 5597 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 5598 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 5599 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 5600 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5601 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 5602 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 5603 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 5604 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 5605 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 5606 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 5607 was specified, even when it wasn't. 5608 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 5609 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 5610 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 5611 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 5612 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 5613 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 5614 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 5615 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 5616 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 5617 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 5618 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 5619 developers). 5620 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 5621 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 5622 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5623 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 5624 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 5625 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 5626 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 5627 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 5628 NEXTSTEP. 5629 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 5630 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 5631 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 5632 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 5633 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5634 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 5635 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 5636 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 5637 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 5638 for system accounts. 5639 NEW FILES: 5640 src/safefile.c 5641 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 5642 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 5643 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 5644 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 5645 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 5646 RENAMED FILES: 5647 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 5648 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 5649 56508.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 5651 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 5652 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 5653 even if RunAsUser is specified. 5654 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 5655 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 5656 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5657 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 5658 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 5659 University of Pennsylvania. 5660 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 5661 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 5662 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 5663 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 5664 was unnecessarily awful. 5665 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 5666 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 5667 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 5668 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 5669 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 5670 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 5671 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 5672 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 5673 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5674 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 5675 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5676 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 5677 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 5678 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5679 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 5680 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 5681 Semiconductor Corp. 5682 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 5683 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 5684 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 5685 at Austin. 5686 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 5687 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 5688 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5689 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5690 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5691 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5692 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5693 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5694 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5695 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5696 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5697 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5698 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5699 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5700 Costales. 5701 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5702 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5703 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5704 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5705 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5706 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5707 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5708 The current values and defaults are: 5709 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5710 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5711 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5712 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5713 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5714 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5715 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5716 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5717 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5718 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5719 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5720 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5721 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5722 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5723 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5724 Eric Hagberg. 5725 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5726 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5727 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5728 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5729 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5730 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5731 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5732 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5733 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5734 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5735 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5736 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5737 Communications. 5738 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5739 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5740 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5741 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5742 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5743 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5744 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5745 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5746 PORTABILITY: 5747 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5748 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5749 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5750 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5751 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5752 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5753 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5754 (Moscow). 5755 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5756 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5757 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5758 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5759 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5760 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5761 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5762 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5763 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5764 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5765 Received: line. 5766 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5767 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5768 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5769 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5770 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5771 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 5772 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 5773 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 5774 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 5775 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 5776 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 5777 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 5778 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 5779 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 5780 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 5781 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 5782 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 5783 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 5784 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 5785 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 5786 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5787 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 5788 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 5789 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 5790 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 5791 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 5792 Long Beach. 5793 57948.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 5795 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 5796 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 5797 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 5798 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 5799 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 5800 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 5801 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 5802 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 5803 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 5804 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 5805 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 5806 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 5807 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 5808 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 5809 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 5810 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 5811 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 5812 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 5813 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5814 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 5815 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 5816 Problem noted by several people. 5817 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 5818 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 5819 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 5820 by several people. 5821 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5822 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5823 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5824 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5825 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5826 of Best Internet Communications. 5827 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5828 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5829 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5830 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5831 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5832 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5833 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5834 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5835 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5836 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5837 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5838 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5839 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5840 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5841 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5842 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5843 by Roy Mongiovi. 5844 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5845 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5846 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5847 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5848 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5849 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5850 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5851 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5852 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5853 of Kyoto University. 5854 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5855 conditions from Don Lewis. 5856 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5857 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5858 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5859 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5860 patch from Bryan Costales. 5861 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5862 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5863 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5864 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5865 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5866 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5867 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5868 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5869 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5870 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5871 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5872 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5873 of Tokyo. 5874 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5875 Services, Inc. 5876 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5877 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5878 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5879 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5880 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 5881 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 5882 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 5883 than one long one. By popular demand. 5884 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 5885 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 5886 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 5887 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 5888 of NTT Software Corporation. 5889 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 5890 NEW FILES: 5891 contrib/etrn.pl 5892 58938.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 5894 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 5895 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 5896 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 5897 best-of-security list. 5898 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 5899 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 5900 should make it clearer to people that they are running 5901 the wrong binary. 5902 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 5903 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 5904 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 5905 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 5906 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 5907 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 5908 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 5909 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 5910 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5911 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 5912 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5913 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 5914 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 5915 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 5916 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 5917 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 5918 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 5919 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 5920 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 5921 Eric Wassenaar. 5922 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 5923 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 5924 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 5925 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 5926 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 5927 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 5928 UUNET. 5929 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 5930 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 5931 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 5932 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 5933 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 5934 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 5935 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 5936 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 5937 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 5938 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 5939 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5940 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 5941 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 5942 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 5943 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 5944 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 5945 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 5946 University of Linkoping. 5947 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 5948 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 5949 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5950 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 5951 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 5952 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 5953 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 5954 other end. 5955 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 5956 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 5957 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 5958 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 5959 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 5960 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 5961 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5962 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5963 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 5964 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 5965 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 5966 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 5967 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 5968 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 5969 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 5970 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 5971 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 5972 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 5973 The outline of the implementation was contributed 5974 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 5975 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 5976 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 5977 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 5978 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 5979 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 5980 Earickson of Colby College. 5981 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 5982 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 5983 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 5984 Kari Hurtta. 5985 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 5986 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 5987 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 5988 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 5989 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 5990 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 5991 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5992 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 5993 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 5994 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 5995 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 5996 University of Washington, Seattle. 5997 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 5998 Polytechnic Institute. 5999 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6000 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6001 NEW FILES: 6002 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6003 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6004 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6005 60068.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6007 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6008 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6009 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6010 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6011 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6012 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6013 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6014 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6015 CONFIG: no changes. 6016 60178.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6018 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6019 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6020 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6021 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6022 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6023 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6024 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6025 of WPI. 6026 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6027 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6028 Kyoto University. 6029 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6030 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6031 on illegal host names. 6032 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6033 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6034 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6035 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6036 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6037 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6038 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6039 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6040 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6041 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6042 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6043 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6044 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6045 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6046 University of Leicester. 6047 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6048 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6049 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6050 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6051 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6052 University of Washington. 6053 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6054 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6055 people pointed this out. 6056 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6057 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6058 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6059 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6060 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6061 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6062 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6063 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6064 Softec. 6065 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6066 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6067 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6068 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6069 60708.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6071 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6072 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6073 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6074 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6075 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6076 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6077 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6078 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6079 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6080 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6081 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6082 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6083 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6084 NSC (Japan). 6085 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6086 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6087 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6088 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6089 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6090 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6091 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6092 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6093 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6094 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6095 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6096 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6097 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6098 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6099 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6100 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6101 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6102 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6103 printout. 6104 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6105 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6106 square braces. 6107 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6108 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6109 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6110 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6111 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6112 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6113 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6114 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6115 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6116 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6117 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6118 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6119 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6120 Dandelion Digital. 6121 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6122 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6123 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6124 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6125 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6126 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6127 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6128 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6129 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6130 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6131 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6132 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6133 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6134 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6135 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6136 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6137 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6138 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6139 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6140 mailers. 6141 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6142 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6143 Myers of CMU. 6144 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6145 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6146 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6147 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6148 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6149 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6150 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6151 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6152 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6153 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6154 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6155 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6156 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6157 parameter. 6158 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6159 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6160 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6161 University of Maryland. 6162 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6163 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6164 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6165 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6166 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6167 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6168 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6169 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6170 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6171 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6172 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6173 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6174 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6175 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6176 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6177 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6178 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6179 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6180 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6181 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6182 section 5.2.5. 6183 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6184 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6185 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6186 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6187 is for incoming connections only. 6188 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6189 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6190 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6191 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6192 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6193 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6194 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6195 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6196 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6197 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6198 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6199 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6200 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6201 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6202 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6203 that take a very long time to run. 6204 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6205 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6206 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6207 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6208 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6209 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6210 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6211 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6212 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6213 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6214 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6215 Costales. 6216 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6217 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6218 Technologies, Inc. 6219 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6220 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6221 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6222 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6223 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6224 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6225 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6226 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6227 different for this case. 6228 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6229 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6230 of Stanford University. 6231 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6232 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6233 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6234 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6235 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6236 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6237 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6238 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6239 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6240 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6241 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6242 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6243 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6244 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6245 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6246 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6247 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 6248 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 6249 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 6250 Pasteur Institute. 6251 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 6252 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 6253 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 6254 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 6255 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 6256 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 6257 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 6258 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 6259 canonification. 6260 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 6261 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 6262 mailers. 6263 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 6264 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 6265 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 6266 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 6267 either of these in their configuration file. 6268 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 6269 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 6270 St. Peter's College. 6271 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 6272 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 6273 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 6274 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6275 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 6276 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6277 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 6278 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 6279 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 6280 Costales. 6281 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 6282 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 6283 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 6284 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 6285 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 6286 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 6287 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 6288 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 6289 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 6290 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 6291 in rulesets. 6292 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 6293 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 6294 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 6295 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 6296 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 6297 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 6298 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 6299 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 6300 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 6301 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 6302 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 6303 on that basis. 6304 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 6305 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 6306 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 6307 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 6308 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 6309 Vixie. 6310 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 6311 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 6312 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 6313 See also the src/READ_ME file. 6314 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 6315 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 6316 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 6317 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 6318 two characters $, +. 6319 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 6320 debug_dumpstate. 6321 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 6322 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 6323 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 6324 valid recipients. 6325 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 6326 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 6327 noted by Tom May. 6328 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 6329 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 6330 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 6331 Beck of InReference, Inc. 6332 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 6333 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 6334 Computing Corporation. 6335 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 6336 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 6337 Internet Communications. 6338 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 6339 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 6340 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 6341 of Lysator. 6342 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 6343 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 6344 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 6345 of the University of Iceland. 6346 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 6347 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 6348 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 6349 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 6350 this change is a no-op. 6351 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 6352 Costales. 6353 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 6354 Bryan Costales. 6355 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 6356 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6357 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 6358 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6359 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 6360 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6361 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 6362 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 6363 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 6364 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6365 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 6366 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 6367 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 6368 Jones of UUNET. 6369 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 6370 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 6371 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6372 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 6373 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 6374 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 6375 easily determine what messages are to their role as 6376 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 6377 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 6378 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 6379 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 6380 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 6381 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 6382 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 6383 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 6384 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 6385 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 6386 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 6387 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 6388 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 6389 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 6390 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 6391 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 6392 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 6393 of Stanford University. 6394 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 6395 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 6396 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 6397 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 6398 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 6399 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 6400 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 6401 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 6402 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 6403 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 6404 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 6405 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 6406 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6407 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 6408 Motonori Nakamura. 6409 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 6410 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 6411 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 6412 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 6413 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 6414 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 6415 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 6416 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 6417 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 6418 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 6419 value is ".hoststat". 6420 There are also two new operation modes: 6421 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 6422 connections. 6423 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 6424 recent status information. 6425 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 6426 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 6427 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 6428 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 6429 framework is gratefully appreciated. 6430 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 6431 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 6432 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 6433 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 6434 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 6435 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 6436 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 6437 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 6438 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 6439 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 6440 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 6441 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 6442 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 6443 Costales. 6444 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 6445 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6446 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 6447 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 6448 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 6449 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6450 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 6451 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 6452 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 6453 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 6454 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 6455 Webmasters. 6456 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 6457 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 6458 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 6459 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 6460 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 6461 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 6462 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 6463 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 6464 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 6465 of Washington, Seattle. 6466 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 6467 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 6468 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 6469 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 6470 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 6471 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 6472 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 6473 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 6474 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 6475 Nakamura. 6476 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 6477 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 6478 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 6479 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 6480 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 6481 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 6482 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 6483 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 6484 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 6485 well constrained. 6486 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 6487 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 6488 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 6489 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 6490 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 6491 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 6492 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 6493 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 6494 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 6495 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 6496 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 6497 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 6498 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 6499 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 6500 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 6501 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 6502 Wolfhugel. 6503 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 6504 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 6505 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 6506 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 6507 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6508 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 6509 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6510 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 6511 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 6512 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 6513 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 6514 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 6515 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 6516 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 6517 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 6518 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 6519 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 6520 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 6521 National University of Singapore. 6522 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 6523 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 6524 system can't cope with. 6525 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6526 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 6527 Atlas International. 6528 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 6529 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 6530 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 6531 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 6532 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 6533 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 6534 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 6535 Bernstein and Associates. 6536 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 6537 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 6538 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 6539 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 6540 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6541 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 6542 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 6543 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 6544 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 6545 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 6546 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 6547 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 6548 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 6549 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6550 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 6551 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6552 Institute. 6553 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 6554 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 6555 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 6556 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 6557 Employment Standards Administration. 6558 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 6559 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 6560 Jr. 6561 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 6562 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 6563 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 6564 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 6565 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 6566 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 6567 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 6568 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 6569 of the University of Arizona. 6570 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 6571 Vanderbilt University. 6572 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 6573 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 6574 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 6575 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 6576 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 6577 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6578 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 6579 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 6580 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 6581 Foundation. 6582 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 6583 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 6584 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 6585 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 6586 Myers of CMU. 6587 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 6588 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 6589 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 6590 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 6591 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 6592 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 6593 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 6594 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 6595 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 6596 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 6597 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 6598 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 6599 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 6600 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 6601 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 6602 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 6603 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 6604 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6605 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 6606 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 6607 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 6608 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 6609 info@foo.com foo-info 6610 info@bar.com bar-info 6611 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 6612 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 6613 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 6614 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 6615 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 6616 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 6617 a great many people. 6618 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 6619 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 6620 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 6621 "fax" mailer. 6622 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 6623 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 6624 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 6625 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 6626 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 6627 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 6628 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 6629 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 6630 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 6631 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 6632 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 6633 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 6634 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 6635 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 6636 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 6637 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 6638 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 6639 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 6640 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 6641 of WPI. 6642 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 6643 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 6644 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6645 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 6646 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 6647 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 6648 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 6649 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 6650 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 6651 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6652 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 6653 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 6654 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 6655 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 6656 by Andreas Luik. 6657 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 6658 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 6659 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6660 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 6661 Wolfhugel. 6662 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 6663 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 6664 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 6665 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 6666 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 6667 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 6668 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 6669 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 6670 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 6671 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 6672 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 6673 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 6674 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 6675 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 6676 Costales. 6677 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6678 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 6679 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 6680 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6681 NEW FILES: 6682 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 6683 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 6684 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 6685 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 6686 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 6687 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 6688 mailstats/mailstats.8 6689 praliases/praliases.8 6690 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6691 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6692 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6693 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6694 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6695 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6696 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6697 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6698 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6699 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6700 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6701 DELETED FILES: 6702 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6703 contrib/xla/README 6704 contrib/xla/xla.c 6705 RENAMED FILES: 6706 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6707 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6708 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6709 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6710 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6711 67128.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6713 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6714 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6715 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6716 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6717 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6718 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6719 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6720 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6721 67228.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6723 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6724 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6725 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6726 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6727 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6728 and others. 6729 67308.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6731 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6732 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6733 any user (except root). 6734 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6735 version number is unchanged. 6736 67378.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6738 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6739 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6740 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6741 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6742 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6743 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6744 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6745 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6746 Costales. 6747 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6748 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6749 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6750 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6751 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6752 Stanford University. 6753 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6754 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6755 67568.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6757 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6758 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6759 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6760 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6761 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6762 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6763 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6764 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6765 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6766 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6767 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6768 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6769 by Kari Hurtta. 6770 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6771 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 6772 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 6773 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 6774 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 6775 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 6776 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 6777 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 6778 bounces when it should have requeued. 6779 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 6780 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 6781 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 6782 John Hawkinson of Panix. 6783 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 6784 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 6785 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 6786 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 6787 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 6788 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 6789 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 6790 Infobiogen. 6791 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 6792 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 6793 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 6794 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 6795 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 6796 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 6797 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 6798 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 6799 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 6800 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6801 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 6802 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 6803 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6804 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 6805 underscores. 6806 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 6807 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 6808 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6809 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 6810 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 6811 included even if the user did not request success notification, 6812 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6813 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 6814 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 6815 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 6816 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 6817 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 6818 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 6819 Costales of ICSI. 6820 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6821 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6822 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6823 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6824 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6825 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6826 Technological University. 6827 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6828 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6829 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6830 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6831 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6832 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6833 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6834 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6835 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6836 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6837 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6838 Inc. 6839 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6840 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6841 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6842 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6843 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6844 University. 6845 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6846 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6847 Association for Progressive Communications. 6848 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6849 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6850 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6851 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6852 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6853 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6854 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6855 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6856 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6857 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6858 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6859 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6860 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6861 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6862 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6863 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6864 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6865 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6866 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6867 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6868 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6869 James B. Davis of TCI. 6870 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6871 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6872 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6873 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6874 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6875 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6876 isn't supported on all compilers. 6877 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6878 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6879 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6880 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 6881 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 6882 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 6883 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 6884 (France). 6885 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 6886 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 6887 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 6888 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 6889 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 6890 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 6891 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 6892 for different files. 6893 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 6894 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 6895 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6896 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 6897 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 6898 changes). 6899 69008.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 6901 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 6902 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 6903 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 6904 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6905 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 6906 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 6907 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 6908 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 6909 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 6910 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6911 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 6912 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 6913 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 6914 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 6915 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 6916 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 6917 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 6918 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 6919 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 6920 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 6921 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 6922 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 6923 results. This could have security implications. 6924 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 6925 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 6926 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 6927 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 6928 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 6929 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 6930 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 6931 Elz. 6932 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 6933 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 6934 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 6935 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 6936 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 6937 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 6938 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 6939 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 6940 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 6941 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 6942 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 6943 domain names are your friends. 6944 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 6945 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 6946 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 6947 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 6948 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 6949 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 6950 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 6951 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 6952 of TerraNet. 6953 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 6954 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 6955 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 6956 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 6957 of WPI. 6958 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6959 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 6960 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 6961 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 6962 file and SGI standards. From Andre 6963 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 6964 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 6965 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 6966 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 6967 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 6968 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 6969 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 6970 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 6971 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 6972 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6973 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 6974 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 6975 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6976 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 6977 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 6978 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 6979 Infobiogen (France). 6980 NEW FILES: 6981 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6982 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 6983 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 6984 69858.7/8.7 1995/09/16 6986 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 6987 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 6988 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 6989 Global Communications. 6990 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 6991 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 6992 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 6993 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 6994 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 6995 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 6996 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6997 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 6998 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 6999 can be confusing. 7000 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7001 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7002 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7003 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7004 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7005 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7006 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7007 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7008 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7009 Maryland. 7010 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7011 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7012 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7013 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7014 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7015 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7016 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7017 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7018 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7019 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7020 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7021 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7022 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7023 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7024 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7025 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7026 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7027 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7028 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7029 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7030 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7031 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7032 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7033 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7034 Swarthmore University. 7035 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7036 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7037 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7038 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7039 ruleset. 7040 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7041 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7042 -d debug flag. 7043 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7044 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7045 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7046 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7047 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7048 and the parsed address. 7049 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7050 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7051 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7052 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7053 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7054 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7055 recipients. 7056 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7057 return the result. 7058 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7059 `mapname' and return the result. 7060 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7061 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7062 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7063 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7064 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7065 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7066 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7067 that functionality. 7068 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7069 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7070 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7071 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7072 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7073 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7074 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7075 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7076 of Michigan Technological University. 7077 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7078 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7079 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7080 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7081 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7082 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7083 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7084 or not. 7085 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7086 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7087 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7088 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7089 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7090 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7091 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7092 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7093 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7094 should have minimal impact on external function. 7095 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7096 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7097 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7098 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7099 7 SevenBitInput 7100 8 EightBitMode 7101 A AliasFile 7102 a AliasWait 7103 B BlankSub 7104 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7105 C CheckpointInterval 7106 c HoldExpensive 7107 D AutoRebuildAliases 7108 d DeliveryMode 7109 E ErrorHeader 7110 e ErrorMode 7111 f SaveFromLine 7112 F TempFileMode 7113 G MatchGECOS 7114 H HelpFile 7115 h MaxHopCount 7116 i IgnoreDots 7117 I ResolverOptions 7118 J ForwardPath 7119 j SendMimeErrors 7120 k ConnectionCacheSize 7121 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7122 L LogLevel 7123 l UseErrorsTo 7124 m MeToo 7125 n CheckAliases 7126 O DaemonPortOptions 7127 o OldStyleHeaders 7128 P PostmasterCopy 7129 p PrivacyOptions 7130 Q QueueDirectory 7131 q QueueFactor 7132 R DontPruneRoutes 7133 r, T Timeout 7134 S StatusFile 7135 s SuperSafe 7136 t TimeZoneSpec 7137 u DefaultUser 7138 U UserDatabaseSpec 7139 V FallbackMXHost 7140 v Verbose 7141 w TryNullMXList 7142 x QueueLA 7143 X RefuseLA 7144 Y ForkEachJob 7145 y RecipientFactor 7146 z ClassFactor 7147 Z RetryFactor 7148 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7149 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7150 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7151 $l UnixFromLine 7152 $o OperatorChars 7153 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7154 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7155 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7156 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7157 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7158 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7159 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7160 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7161 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7162 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7163 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7164 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7165 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7166 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7167 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7168 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7169 A Addresses are aliasable. 7170 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7171 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7172 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7173 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7174 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7175 recipient mailer flags. 7176 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7177 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7178 delivery. 7179 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7180 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7181 : Check for :include: on this address. 7182 | Check for |program on this address. 7183 / Check for /file on this address. 7184 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7185 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7186 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7187 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7188 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7189 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7190 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7191 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7192 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7193 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7194 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7195 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7196 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7197 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7198 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7199 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7200 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7201 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7202 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7203 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7204 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7205 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7206 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7207 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7208 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7209 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7210 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7211 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7212 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7213 flag is ignored. 7214 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7215 the setting of F=8. 7216 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7217 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7218 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7219 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7220 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7221 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7222 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7223 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7224 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7225 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7226 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7227 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7228 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7229 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7230 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7231 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7232 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7233 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7234 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7235 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7236 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7237 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7238 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7239 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7240 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7241 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7242 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7243 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7244 Unicom. 7245 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7246 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7247 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 7248 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 7249 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 7250 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 7251 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 7252 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 7253 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 7254 from Chip Rosenthal. 7255 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 7256 For example, 7257 O Timeout.helo = 2m 7258 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 7259 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 7260 set them both the preferred new syntax is 7261 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 7262 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 7263 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 7264 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 7265 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 7266 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 7267 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 7268 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 7269 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 7270 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 7271 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 7272 contribution was to make it configurable). 7273 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 7274 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 7275 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 7276 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 7277 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 7278 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 7279 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 7280 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 7281 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 7282 I/O redirection. 7283 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 7284 can be confusing. 7285 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 7286 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 7287 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 7288 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 7289 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 7290 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 7291 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 7292 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 7293 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 7294 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 7295 queue-only. 7296 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 7297 :include: and .forward files. 7298 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 7299 key field name, the value field name, and the field 7300 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 7301 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 7302 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 7303 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 7304 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7305 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 7306 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 7307 Sun Microsystems. 7308 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 7309 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 7310 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 7311 Hutton of Indiana University. 7312 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 7313 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 7314 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 7315 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 7316 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 7317 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7318 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 7319 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 7320 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 7321 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 7322 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 7323 as comments. 7324 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 7325 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 7326 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 7327 are from sysexits.h. 7328 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 7329 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 7330 Kmap1 ... 7331 Kmap2 ... 7332 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 7333 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 7334 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 7335 map2 is searched and the value returned. 7336 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 7337 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 7338 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 7339 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 7340 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 7341 For example, if the declaration of the map is 7342 Ksample switch hosts 7343 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 7344 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 7345 equivalent to 7346 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 7347 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 7348 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 7349 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 7350 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 7351 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 7352 the -m (matchonly) flag. 7353 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 7354 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 7355 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 7356 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 7357 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 7358 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 7359 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 7360 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 7361 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 7362 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 7363 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 7364 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 7365 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 7366 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 7367 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 7368 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 7369 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 7370 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 7371 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 7372 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 7373 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 7374 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 7375 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 7376 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 7377 an /etc/hosts entry reads 7378 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 7379 this change will use the second name as the canonical 7380 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 7381 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 7382 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 7383 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 7384 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 7385 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 7386 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 7387 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 7388 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 7389 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 7390 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 7391 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 7392 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 7393 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 7394 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 7395 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 7396 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7397 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 7398 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 7399 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 7400 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 7401 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 7402 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 7403 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 7404 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 7405 much longer than the specified timeout. 7406 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 7407 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 7408 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 7409 denial-of-service attack. 7410 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 7411 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 7412 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7413 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 7414 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 7415 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 7416 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 7417 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 7418 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 7419 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 7420 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 7421 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 7422 actually file lookups. 7423 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 7424 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 7425 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 7426 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 7427 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 7428 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 7429 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 7430 support for them has been removed. 7431 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 7432 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 7433 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 7434 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 7435 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 7436 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 7437 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 7438 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 7439 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 7440 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 7441 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 7442 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 7443 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 7444 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 7445 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 7446 also improves the connection cache utilization. 7447 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 7448 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 7449 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 7450 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 7451 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 7452 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 7453 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 7454 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 7455 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 7456 Microsystems. 7457 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 7458 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 7459 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 7460 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 7461 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 7462 option can give the network software time to establish 7463 the link. The default units are seconds. 7464 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 7465 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 7466 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 7467 Defense Information Systems Agency. 7468 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 7469 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 7470 the National Computer Security Center. 7471 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 7472 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 7473 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 7474 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 7475 the mailprio scripts (see below). 7476 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 7477 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 7478 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 7479 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 7480 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 7481 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 7482 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 7483 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 7484 University Computing Service. 7485 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 7486 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 7487 the University of Kentucky. 7488 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 7489 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 7490 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 7491 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 7492 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 7493 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 7494 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 7495 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 7496 Corporation. 7497 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 7498 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 7499 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 7500 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 7501 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 7502 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 7503 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 7504 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 7505 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 7506 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 7507 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 7508 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 7509 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 7510 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 7511 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 7512 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 7513 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 7514 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 7515 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 7516 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 7517 Communications. 7518 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 7519 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 7520 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 7521 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 7522 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 7523 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 7524 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 7525 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 7526 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 7527 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 7528 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 7529 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7530 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 7531 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 7532 on values: 7533 None Leave the message as is. The 7534 message will be passed on even 7535 though it is in technically 7536 illegal syntax. 7537 Add-To Add a To: header with any 7538 recipients that it can find from 7539 the envelope. This risks exposing 7540 Bcc: recipients. 7541 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 7542 has almost no redeeming social value, 7543 and is provided only for back 7544 compatibility. 7545 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 7546 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 7547 which will have the effect of 7548 making the message legal without 7549 exposing Bcc: recipients. 7550 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 7551 There is a chance that mailers down 7552 the line will delete this header, 7553 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 7554 recipients. 7555 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 7556 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 7557 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 7558 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 7559 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 7560 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 7561 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 7562 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 7563 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 7564 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 7565 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 7566 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 7567 For example, if you run with 7568 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 7569 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 7570 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 7571 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 7572 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 7573 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 7574 entries. For example, given the aliases: 7575 list: member1 7576 list: member2 7577 and an alias file declared as: 7578 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 7579 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 7580 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 7581 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7582 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 7583 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 7584 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 7585 Johannesen. 7586 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 7587 to be simpler and more consistent. 7588 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 7589 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 7590 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 7591 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7592 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 7593 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 7594 This may affect some people who have written their own 7595 checkcompat() routine. 7596 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 7597 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 7598 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 7599 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 7600 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 7601 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 7602 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 7603 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 7604 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 7605 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 7606 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 7607 Corporation. 7608 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 7609 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 7610 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 7611 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 7612 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 7613 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 7614 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 7615 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 7616 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 7617 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 7618 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 7619 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 7620 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 7621 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 7622 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 7623 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 7624 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 7625 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 7626 the header. 7627 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7628 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 7629 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 7630 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 7631 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 7632 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 7633 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 7634 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 7635 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 7636 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 7637 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 7638 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 7639 is added between the first and second word of the first 7640 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 7641 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 7642 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 7643 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 7644 old sendmails understand. 7645 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 7646 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 7647 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 7648 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 7649 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 7650 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 7651 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 7652 data -- for example, 7653 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 7654 (romanized/less information) 7655 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 7656 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 7657 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 7658 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 7659 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 7660 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 7661 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 7662 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 7663 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 7664 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 7665 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 7666 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 7667 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 7668 Eric Prestemon of American University. 7669 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 7670 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 7671 increment on the background value). 7672 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 7673 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 7674 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7675 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 7676 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 7677 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 7678 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 7679 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 7680 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 7681 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 7682 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 7683 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 7684 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 7685 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 7686 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 7687 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 7688 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7689 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7690 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7691 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7692 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7693 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7694 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7695 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7696 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7697 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7698 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7699 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7700 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7701 service type is "files". 7702 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7703 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7704 into class "c". 7705 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7706 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7707 contributed by SunSoft. 7708 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7709 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7710 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7711 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7712 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7713 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7714 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7715 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7716 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7717 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7718 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7719 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7720 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7721 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7722 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7723 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7724 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7725 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7726 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7727 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7728 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7729 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7730 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7731 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7732 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7733 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7734 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7735 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7736 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7737 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7738 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7739 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7740 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7741 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7742 flags. 7743 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7744 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7745 Motonori Nakamura. 7746 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7747 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7748 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7749 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7750 of MIT. 7751 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7752 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7753 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7754 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7755 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7756 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7757 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7758 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7759 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7760 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7761 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7762 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7763 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7764 the make. 7765 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7766 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7767 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7768 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7769 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7770 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7771 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 7772 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 7773 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 7774 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 7775 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 7776 of Sun Microsystems. 7777 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 7778 is at least 50% faster. 7779 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 7780 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 7781 University. 7782 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 7783 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7784 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 7785 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 7786 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 7787 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 7788 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 7789 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 7790 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 7791 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 7792 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 7793 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 7794 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 7795 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 7796 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 7797 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 7798 Carnegie Mellon. 7799 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 7800 support. 7801 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 7802 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 7803 Global Information Solutions. 7804 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 7805 From Motonori Nakamura. 7806 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 7807 Motonori Nakamura. 7808 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 7809 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 7810 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 7811 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 7812 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 7813 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 7814 James of British Telecom. 7815 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 7816 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 7817 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 7818 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 7819 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 7820 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7821 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7822 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7823 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7824 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7825 a bad guy can read your private files. 7826 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7827 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7828 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7829 University. This expands the disk size 7830 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7831 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7832 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7833 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7834 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7835 Linux Makefile typo. 7836 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7837 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7838 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7839 University, Chico. 7840 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7841 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7842 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7843 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7844 This requires adaptation of code that really 7845 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7846 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7847 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7848 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7849 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7850 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7851 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7852 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7853 problems. 7854 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7855 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7856 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7857 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7858 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7859 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7860 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7861 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7862 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7863 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7864 Wemm of DIALix. 7865 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7866 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7867 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7868 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7869 of Ohio State University. 7870 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7871 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7872 University. 7873 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7874 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7875 Mainz. 7876 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7877 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7878 wrong statfs call). 7879 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7880 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 7881 University. 7882 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7883 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 7884 Rochester Medical Center. 7885 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 7886 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 7887 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 7888 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 7889 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 7890 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 7891 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 7892 Division. 7893 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 7894 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 7895 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 7896 Durand of I.M.A.G. 7897 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 7898 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 7899 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 7900 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 7901 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 7902 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 7903 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 7904 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 7905 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 7906 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 7907 of Meteo France. 7908 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 7909 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 7910 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 7911 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 7912 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 7913 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 7914 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 7915 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 7916 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 7917 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 7918 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 7919 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 7920 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 7921 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 7922 of Colorado. 7923 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 7924 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 7925 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 7926 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 7927 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 7928 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 7929 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 7930 on the file, but it should be quite small. 7931 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 7932 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 7933 giving the local administrator more control over what 7934 programs can be run from sendmail. 7935 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 7936 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 7937 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 7938 never will. 7939 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 7940 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 7941 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 7942 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 7943 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 7944 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 7945 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 7946 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7947 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 7948 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 7949 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 7950 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 7951 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 7952 arbitrary directory -- use either: 7953 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7954 or 7955 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 7956 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 7957 can use: 7958 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 7959 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 7960 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 7961 compatibility. 7962 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 7963 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 7964 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 7965 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7966 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 7967 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 7968 County. 7969 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 7970 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 7971 just unqualified ones. 7972 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 7973 was never used and didn't work anyway. 7974 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 7975 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 7976 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 7977 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 7978 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 7979 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 7980 centralized hub. 7981 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 7982 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 7983 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 7984 this is expected to be another sendmail. 7985 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 7986 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 7987 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 7988 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 7989 Rosenthal of Unicom. 7990 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 7991 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 7992 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 7993 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 7994 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 7995 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 7996 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 7997 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 7998 but it is a no-op. 7999 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8000 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8001 as User Unknown. 8002 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8003 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8004 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8005 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8006 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8007 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8008 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8009 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8010 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8011 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8012 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8013 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8014 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8015 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8016 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8017 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8018 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8019 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8020 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8021 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8022 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8023 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8024 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8025 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8026 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8027 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8028 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8029 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8030 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8031 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8032 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8033 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8034 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8035 assumed. 8036 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8037 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8038 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8039 Information Systems Agency. 8040 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8041 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8042 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8043 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8044 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8045 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8046 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8047 that really can be used in the real world. 8048 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8049 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8050 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8051 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8052 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8053 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8054 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8055 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8056 by Scott Hutton. 8057 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8058 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8059 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8060 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8061 people. 8062 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8063 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8064 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8065 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8066 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8067 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8068 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8069 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8070 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8071 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8072 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8073 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8074 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8075 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8076 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8077 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8078 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8079 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8080 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8081 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8082 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8083 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8084 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8085 by Kimmo Suominen. 8086 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8087 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8088 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8089 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8090 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8091 NEW FILES: 8092 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8093 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8094 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8095 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8096 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8097 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8098 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8099 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8100 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8101 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8102 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8103 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8104 cf/domain/generic.m4 8105 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8106 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8107 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8108 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8109 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8110 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8111 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8112 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8113 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8114 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8115 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8116 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8117 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8118 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8119 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8120 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8121 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8122 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8123 contrib/bsdi.mc 8124 contrib/mailprio 8125 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8126 mail.local/mail.local.0 8127 makemap/makemap.0 8128 smrsh/README 8129 smrsh/smrsh.0 8130 smrsh/smrsh.8 8131 smrsh/smrsh.c 8132 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8133 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8134 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8135 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8136 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8137 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8138 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8139 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8140 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8141 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8142 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8143 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8144 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8145 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8146 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8147 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8148 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8149 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8150 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8151 src/aliases.0 8152 src/mailq.0 8153 src/mime.c 8154 src/newaliases.0 8155 src/sendmail.0 8156 test/t_seteuid.c 8157 RENAMED FILES: 8158 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8159 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8160 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8161 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8162 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8163 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8164 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8165 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8166 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8167 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8168 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8169 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8170 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8171 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8172 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8173 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8174 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8175 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8176 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8177 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8178 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8179 OBSOLETED FILES: 8180 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8181 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8182 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8183 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8184 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8185 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8186 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8187 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8188 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8189 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8190 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8191 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8192 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8193 81948.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8195 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8196 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8197 any user (except root). 8198 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8199 version number is unchanged. 8200 82018.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8202 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8203 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8204 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8205 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8206 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8207 each other!). 8208 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8209 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8210 than fork(). 8211 82128.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8213 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8214 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8215 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8216 message when attempted from IDENT. 8217 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8218 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8219 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8220 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8221 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8222 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8223 partial lines. 8224 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8225 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8226 Rob McMahon. 8227 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8228 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8229 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8230 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8231 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8232 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8233 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8234 Novell Labs Europe. 8235 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8236 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8237 Cal State Chico. 8238 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8239 *Hobbit*. 8240 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8241 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8242 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8243 from Spider Boardman. 8244 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8245 with the binaries). 8246 82478.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 8248 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 8249 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 8250 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 8251 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 8252 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 8253 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 8254 implications. 8255 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 8256 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 8257 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 8258 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 8259 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 8260 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 8261 University of Texas. 8262 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 8263 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 8264 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 8265 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 8266 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 8267 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 8268 Data General. 8269 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 8270 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 8271 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 8272 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 8273 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 8274 with a lot of arguments). 8275 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 8276 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 8277 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 8278 Michigan. 8279 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 8280 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 8281 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 8282 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 8283 Thibault. 8284 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 8285 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 8286 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 8287 some of the map code. 8288 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8289 with the binaries). 8290 82918.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 8292 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 8293 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 8294 may have some security implications. 8295 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 8296 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 8297 Hill of the University of Iowa. 8298 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 8299 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 8300 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 8301 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 8302 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 8303 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 8304 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 8305 option. 8306 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 8307 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 8308 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 8309 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 8310 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 8311 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 8312 Rochester. 8313 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 8314 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 8315 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 8316 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 8317 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 8318 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 8319 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 8320 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 8321 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 8322 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 8323 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 8324 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 8325 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 8326 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 8327 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 8328 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 8329 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 8330 messages. 8331 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 8332 message to explain how much space was available and 8333 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 8334 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 8335 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 8336 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 8337 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 8338 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 8339 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 8340 moves things more towards what will probably become a 8341 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 8342 Kapor Enterprises. 8343 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 8344 without recompiling. 8345 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 8346 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 8347 purely cosmetic. 8348 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 8349 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 8350 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 8351 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 8352 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 8353 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 8354 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 8355 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 8356 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 8357 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 8358 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 8359 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 8360 Wolfhugel. 8361 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 8362 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 8363 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 8364 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 8365 refused" response, and that the connection can be 8366 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 8367 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 8368 size around and can never start listening to connections 8369 again. The down side is that someone could start up 8370 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 8371 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 8372 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 8373 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 8374 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 8375 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 8376 implications. 8377 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 8378 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 8379 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 8380 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 8381 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 8382 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 8383 doc directory. This includes some additional 8384 information. 8385 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 8386 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 8387 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 8388 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 8389 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 8390 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 8391 loop the mail, which was bad news. 8392 Portability fixes: 8393 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 8394 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8395 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 8396 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 8397 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8398 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 8399 Newcastle upon Tyne. 8400 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 8401 Corporation. 8402 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 8403 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 8404 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8405 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 8406 New Files: 8407 src/Makefile.CLIX 8408 src/Makefile.NCR3000 8409 doc/changes/Makefile 8410 doc/changes/changes.me 8411 doc/changes/changes.ps 8412 84138.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 8414 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 8415 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 8416 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 8417 84188.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 8419 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 8420 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 8421 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 8422 list. 8423 84248.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 8425 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 8426 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 8427 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 8428 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 8429 valid shell. 8430 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 8431 in the connection cache for a long time under some 8432 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 8433 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 8434 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 8435 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 8436 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 8437 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 8438 from a local user to another local user. From 8439 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8440 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 8441 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 8442 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8443 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 8444 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 8445 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 8446 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 8447 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 8448 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 8449 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 8450 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 8451 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 8452 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 8453 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 8454 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 8455 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 8456 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 8457 BSD-like system. 8458 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 8459 protocol entirely. 8460 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 8461 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 8462 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 8463 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 8464 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 8465 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 8466 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 8467 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 8468 files. 8469 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 8470 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 8471 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 8472 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 8473 of CMU. 8474 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 8475 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 8476 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 8477 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 8478 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 8479 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 8480 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 8481 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 8482 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 8483 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 8484 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 8485 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 8486 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 8487 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 8488 security implications. Suggested by several people. 8489 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 8490 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 8491 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 8492 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 8493 Motonori Nakamura. 8494 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 8495 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 8496 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 8497 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 8498 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 8499 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 8500 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8501 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 8502 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 8503 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 8504 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 8505 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 8506 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 8507 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 8508 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 8509 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 8510 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 8511 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 8512 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 8513 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 8514 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8515 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 8516 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 8517 didn't see the class items being added. 8518 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 8519 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 8520 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 8521 Rutgers. 8522 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 8523 but sets h_errno to a success value. 8524 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 8525 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 8526 address specified in the P option). This fix should 8527 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 8528 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 8529 the problem myself. 8530 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 8531 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 8532 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 8533 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 8534 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 8535 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 8536 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 8537 UUNET. 8538 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 8539 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 8540 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 8541 John Oleynick. 8542 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 8543 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 8544 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 8545 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 8546 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 8547 Nakamura. 8548 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 8549 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 8550 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 8551 University of Washington. 8552 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 8553 don't have an ``=value'' part. 8554 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 8555 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 8556 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 8557 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 8558 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 8559 of Cambridge University. 8560 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 8561 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 8562 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 8563 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 8564 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 8565 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 8566 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 8567 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 8568 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 8569 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 8570 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 8571 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 8572 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 8573 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 8574 a chance. 8575 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 8576 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 8577 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 8578 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 8579 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 8580 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 8581 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 8582 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 8583 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 8584 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 8585 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 8586 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 8587 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 8588 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 8589 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 8590 size for various mailers. 8591 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 8592 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 8593 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8594 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 8595 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 8596 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 8597 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 8598 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 8599 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 8600 system. 8601 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 8602 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 8603 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 8604 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 8605 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 8606 Michel of Thomson CSF. 8607 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 8608 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 8609 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 8610 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 8611 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 8612 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 8613 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 8614 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 8615 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 8616 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 8617 University of Sydney. 8618 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 8619 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 8620 This is because of the known bug where definition of 8621 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 8622 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 8623 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 8624 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 8625 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 8626 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 8627 Suominen. 8628 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 8629 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 8630 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 8631 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 8632 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 8633 Suominen. 8634 Portability fixes: 8635 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 8636 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 8637 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 8638 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 8639 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 8640 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8641 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 8642 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 8643 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 8644 NEW FILES: 8645 src/Makefile.DomainOS 8646 src/Makefile.PTX 8647 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 8648 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 8649 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8650 src/mailq.1 8651 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 8652 doc/op/Makefile 8653 doc/intro/Makefile 8654 doc/usenix/Makefile 8655 86568.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 8657 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 8658 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 8659 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 8660 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 8661 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 8662 permissions they should not have had (usually group 8663 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 8664 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 8665 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 8666 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 8667 Although this does not respond to a specific known 8668 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 8669 Christian Wettergren. 8670 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 8671 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 8672 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 8673 program by putting that in their .forward file. 8674 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 8675 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 8676 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 8677 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 8678 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 8679 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 8680 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 8681 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 8682 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 8683 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 8684 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 8685 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 8686 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 8687 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 8688 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8689 connection to create problems on the current job. 8690 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8691 the wrong place. 8692 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8693 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8694 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8695 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8696 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8697 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8698 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8699 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8700 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8701 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8702 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8703 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8704 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8705 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8706 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8707 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8708 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8709 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8710 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8711 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8712 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8713 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8714 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8715 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8716 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8717 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8718 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8719 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8720 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8721 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8722 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8723 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8724 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8725 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8726 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8727 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8728 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8729 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8730 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8731 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8732 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8733 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8734 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8735 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8736 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8737 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8738 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8739 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8740 dot convention. 8741 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8742 of from a clean exit. 8743 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8744 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8745 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8746 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8747 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8748 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8749 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8750 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8751 Jones of UUNET. 8752 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8753 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8754 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8755 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8756 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8757 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8758 says that they should be ignored. 8759 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8760 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8761 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8762 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8763 is not reentrant. 8764 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8765 documented in the Bat Book. 8766 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8767 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8768 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8769 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8770 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8771 code during some parts of connection initialization. 8772 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 8773 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 8774 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 8775 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 8776 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8777 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 8778 of Kyoto University. 8779 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 8780 From P{r Emanuelsson. 8781 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 8782 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 8783 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 8784 Bryan Costales. 8785 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 8786 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 8787 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 8788 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 8789 Nakamura. 8790 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 8791 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 8792 illegal addresses appearing there). 8793 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 8794 BB&N. 8795 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 8796 included. 8797 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 8798 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 8799 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 8800 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 8801 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 8802 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 8803 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 8804 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 8805 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 8806 by the other end closing the connection. From 8807 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 8808 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 8809 to include a host name or other useful information. 8810 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 8811 DeMarco. 8812 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 8813 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 8814 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 8815 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 8816 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 8817 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 8818 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 8819 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 8820 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8821 this properly). 8822 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8823 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8824 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8825 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8826 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8827 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8828 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8829 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8830 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8831 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8832 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8833 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8834 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8835 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8836 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8837 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8838 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8839 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8840 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8841 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8842 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8843 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8844 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8845 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8846 Portability fixes for: 8847 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8848 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8849 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8850 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8851 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8852 of Stoner Associates. 8853 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8854 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8855 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8856 of Maryland. 8857 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8858 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8859 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8860 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8861 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8862 RISC/os. 8863 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8864 at Chico. 8865 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8866 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8867 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8868 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8869 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8870 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8871 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8872 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8873 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8874 addresses when relaying internally. 8875 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8876 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8877 provided by Peter Wemm. 8878 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8879 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8880 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 8881 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 8882 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 8883 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 8884 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 8885 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 8886 names. 8887 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 8888 rather than letting them get "local configuration 8889 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 8890 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 8891 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 8892 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 8893 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 8894 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 8895 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 8896 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 8897 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 8898 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 8899 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 8900 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 8901 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 8902 of Georgia Tech. 8903 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 8904 Jim Murray of Stratus. 8905 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 8906 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 8907 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 8908 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 8909 the local name prepended. 8910 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 8911 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 8912 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 8913 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 8914 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 8915 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 8916 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 8917 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 8918 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 8919 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 8920 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 8921 :include: files and accounts that have shells 8922 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 8923 cause some .forward files that have worked 8924 before to start failing. 8925 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 8926 NEW FILES: 8927 src/Makefile.DGUX 8928 src/Makefile.Dynix 8929 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 8930 src/Makefile.Mach386 8931 src/Makefile.NetBSD 8932 src/Makefile.RISCos 8933 src/Makefile.SCO 8934 src/Makefile.SVR4 8935 src/Makefile.Titan 8936 cf/mailer/pop.m4 8937 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 8938 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 8939 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 8940 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 8941 makemap/Makefile.dist 8942 praliases/Makefile.dist 8943 89448.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 8945 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 8946 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 8947 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 8948 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 8949 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 8950 class of attack. 8951 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 8952 in a few critical places. 8953 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 8954 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 8955 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 8956 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 8957 and High-Energy Physics. 8958 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 8959 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 8960 Eric Wassenaar. 8961 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 8962 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 8963 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 8964 Wassenaar. 8965 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 8966 really become relevant in the next release, but some 8967 people need it for local patches. From Michael 8968 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8969 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 8970 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 8971 these can have different values depending on which 8972 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 8973 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 8974 what uid/gid processes ran as. 8975 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 8976 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 8977 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 8978 postmaster" case. 8979 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 8980 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 8981 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 8982 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 8983 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 8984 Christopher Davis. 8985 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 8986 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 8987 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 8988 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8989 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 8990 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 8991 89928.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 8993 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 8994 addresses that get return-receipts. 8995 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 8996 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 8997 and end up sending the message several times. 8998 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 8999 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9000 four hours". 9001 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9002 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9003 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9004 Cornell University Medical College. 9005 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9006 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9007 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9008 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9009 Wassenaar. 9010 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9011 connections fail during message collection. From 9012 Eric Wassenaar. 9013 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9014 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9015 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9016 Stratus. 9017 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9018 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9019 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9020 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9021 by non-root users were not put into 9022 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9023 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9024 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9025 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9026 could get confused as to whether a database was 9027 open or not. 9028 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9029 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9030 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9031 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9032 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9033 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9034 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9035 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9036 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9037 90388.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9039 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9040 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9041 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9042 propagated to the queue file. 9043 90448.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9045 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9046 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9047 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9048 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9049 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9050 header files but don't have the syscall. 9051 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9052 if trymx == FALSE. 9053 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9054 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9055 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9056 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9057 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9058 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9059 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9060 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9061 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9062 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9063 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9064 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9065 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9066 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9067 Kanbe. 9068 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9069 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9070 Wisner of The Well. 9071 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9072 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9073 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9074 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9075 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9076 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9077 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9078 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9079 read permission. 9080 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9081 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9082 MX suppression will still work. 9083 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9084 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9085 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9086 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9087 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9088 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9089 Nakamura. 9090 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9091 "CX $Z" works. 9092 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9093 trying to send the original message if the connection 9094 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9095 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9096 by John Myers of CMU. 9097 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9098 term bug. 9099 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9100 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9101 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9102 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9103 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9104 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9105 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9106 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9107 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9108 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9109 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9110 level. 9111 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9112 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9113 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9114 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9115 address. 9116 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9117 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9118 Harvey Mudd College. 9119 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9120 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9121 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9122 their full name information. 9123 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9124 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9125 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9126 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9127 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9128 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9129 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9130 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9131 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9132 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9133 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9134 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9135 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9136 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9137 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9138 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9139 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9140 names. 9141 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9142 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9143 helpful. 9144 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9145 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9146 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9147 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9148 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9149 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9150 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9151 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9152 that claims to be itself works properly. 9153 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9154 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9155 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9156 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9157 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9158 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9159 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9160 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9161 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9162 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9163 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9164 scratch. 9165 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9166 true address to still send to the original address 9167 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9168 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9169 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9170 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9171 more trouble than it was worth. 9172 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9173 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9174 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9175 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9176 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9177 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9178 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9179 the queue. 9180 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9181 messages don't come out with stale information. 9182 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9183 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9184 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9185 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9186 Myers of CMU. 9187 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9188 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9189 Corrigan. 9190 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9191 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9192 sender address. 9193 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9194 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9195 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9196 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9197 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9198 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9199 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9200 that does bulk data transfer). 9201 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9202 Amir Plivatsky. 9203 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9204 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9205 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9206 bogus config files that were not caught. 9207 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9208 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9209 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9210 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9211 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9212 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9213 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9214 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9215 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9216 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9217 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9218 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9219 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9220 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9221 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9222 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9223 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9224 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9225 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9226 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9227 Melbourne. 9228 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9229 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9230 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9231 to match regular entries. 9232 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9233 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9234 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9235 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9236 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9237 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9238 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9239 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9240 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9241 messages is the best possible. 9242 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9243 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9244 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9245 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9246 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9247 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 9248 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9249 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 9250 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 9251 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 9252 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 9253 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 9254 on the address. 9255 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 9256 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 9257 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 9258 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 9259 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9260 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 9261 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 9262 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 9263 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 9264 addresses in any detail. 9265 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 9266 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 9267 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 9268 with an address such as "!foo". 9269 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 9270 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 9271 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 9272 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 9273 Bret Marquis. 9274 92758.5/8.5 1993/07/23 9276 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 9277 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 9278 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 9279 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9280 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 9281 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 9282 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 9283 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 9284 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 9285 Nakamura. 9286 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 9287 are no DNS records matching the name. 9288 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 9289 original message was received ... from localhost". 9290 The correct original host information is now included. 9291 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 9292 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 9293 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 9294 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 9295 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 9296 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 9297 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 9298 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 9299 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 9300 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 9301 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 9302 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 9303 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 9304 93058.4/8.4 1993/07/22 9306 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 9307 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 9308 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 9309 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 9310 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 9311 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 9312 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 9313 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 9314 are really configuration errors. This option is 9315 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 9316 UIUC sendmail. 9317 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 9318 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 9319 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 9320 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 9321 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 9322 by Neil Rickert. 9323 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 9324 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 9325 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 9326 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 9327 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 9328 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 9329 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 9330 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 9331 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 9332 of dickering with error handling (see below). 9333 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 9334 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 9335 humans. 9336 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 9337 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 9338 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 9339 repaired). 9340 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 9341 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 9342 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 9343 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 9344 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 9345 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 9346 connection rather than sending QUIT. 9347 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 9348 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 9349 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 9350 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 9351 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9352 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 9353 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 9354 core dumps on some machines. 9355 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 9356 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 9357 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 9358 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 9359 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 9360 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 9361 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 9362 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 9363 some true error conditions. 9364 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 9365 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 9366 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 9367 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 9368 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 9369 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 9370 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 9371 by Motonori Nakamura. 9372 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 9373 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 9374 caused error messages to be handled differently during 9375 a queue run than a direct run. 9376 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 9377 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 9378 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 9379 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 9380 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 9381 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 9382 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 9383 restart it. 9384 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 9385 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 9386 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 9387 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 9388 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 9389 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 9390 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 9391 is appropriately functional. 9392 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 9393 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 9394 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 9395 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 9396 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 9397 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 9398 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 9399 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 9400 Technologies. 9401 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 9402 process group id. The original fix was to get around 9403 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 9404 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 9405 different from the process id. I could try to fix 9406 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 9407 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 9408 things. 9409 Portability changes: 9410 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 9411 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 9412 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 9413 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 9414 of Colorado. 9415 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 9416 help other strict ANSI compilers. 9417 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 9418 Corporation. 9419 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 9420 documentation apparently doesn't define 9421 __STDC__ by default). 9422 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 9423 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 9424 Motonori Nakamura. 9425 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 9426 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 9427 several people have made a good argument that this 9428 creates more problems than it solves (although this 9429 may prove painful in the short run). 9430 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 9431 format. 9432 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 9433 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 9434 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 9435 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 9436 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 9437 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 9438 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 9439 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 9440 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 9441 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 9442 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 9443 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 9444 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 9445 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 9446 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 9447 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9448 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 9449 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 9450 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 9451 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 9452 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 9453 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 9454 environments. Ugly as sin. 9455 94568.3/8.3 1993/07/13 9457 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 9458 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 9459 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 9460 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 9461 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 9462 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 9463 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 9464 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 9465 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 9466 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 9467 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 9468 "user friendly". 9469 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 9470 16 bytes/sec. 9471 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 9472 compatibility library. This also adds a new 9473 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 9474 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 9475 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 9476 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 9477 for quick test cases. 9478 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 9479 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 9480 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 9481 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 9482 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 9483 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 9484 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 9485 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 9486 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 9487 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 9488 From Michael Corrigan. 9489 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 9490 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 9491 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9492 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 9493 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 9494 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 9495 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 9496 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 9497 Christophe Wolfhugel. 9498 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 9499 95008.2/8.2 1993/07/11 9501 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 9502 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 9503 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 9504 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 9505 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 9506 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 9507 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 9508 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 9509 from Bill Wisner. 9510 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 9511 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 9512 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 9513 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 9514 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 9515 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 9516 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 9517 match the other flags in that file. 9518 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 9519 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 9520 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 9521 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 9522 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 9523 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 9524 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 9525 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 9526 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 9527 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 9528 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 9529 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 9530 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 9531 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9532 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 9533 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 9534 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 9535 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 9536 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 9537 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 9538 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 9539 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 9540 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 9541 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 9542 the root and directories leading up to your home); 9543 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 9544 be owned by you. 9545 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 9546 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 9547 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 9548 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 9549 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 9550 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 9551 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 9552 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 9553 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 9554 is separate; this is just intended to work around 9555 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 9556 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 9557 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 9558 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 9559 matching without a null it never tries again with a 9560 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 9561 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 9562 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 9563 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 9564 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 9565 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 9566 it adapts. 9567 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 9568 will insert the appropriate full name information; 9569 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 9570 way. 9571 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 9572 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 9573 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 9574 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 9575 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 9576 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 9577 only happen when there has been another error in the 9578 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 9579 by default in conf.h. 9580 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 9581 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 9582 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 9583 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 9584 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 9585 This output is not intended to be particularly human 9586 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 9587 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 9588 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 9589 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 9590 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 9591 See cf/README for an example. 9592 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 9593 sites that don't use the -d flag. 9594 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 9595 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 9596 has been requested by several people, but can break 9597 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 9598 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 9599 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 9600 broken. Use it sparingly. 9601 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 9602 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 9603 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 9604 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 9605 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 9606 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 9607 Bill Wisner of The Well. 9608 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 9609 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 9610 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 9611 96128.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 9613 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 9614 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 9615 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 9616 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 9617 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 9618 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 9619 96208.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 9621 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 9622 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 9623 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 9624 96258.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 9626 Another mailertable fix.... 9627 96288.1/8.1 1993/06/07 9629 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 9630